1 quick guide 11 2 basic function 31 3 audio system 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 press to seek up or...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
1
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 QUICK GUIDE 11
2 BASIC FUNCTION 31
3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69
4 VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM 133
5 INFORMATION 147
6 PHONE 151
7 NAVIGATION SYSTEM 191
8 Entune App Suite 263
INDEX 277
For more information about the following items, see the “Owner’s Manual”.• Fuel consumption• Energy monitor• Rear view monitor system• Vehicle customization settings• Intuitive parking assist
![Page 2: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
2
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Introduction
This manual explains the operation of this system. Please read this manualcarefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle at all times.
The screen shots in this document and the actual screens of this system differdepending on whether the functions and/or a contract existed and the map dataavailable at the time of producing this document.
Please be aware that the content of this manual may be different from this sys-tem in some cases, such as when the system’s software is updated.
The Navigation System is one of the most technologically advanced vehicle ac-cessories ever developed. The system receives satellite signals from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. Usingthese signals and other vehicle sensors, the system indicates your present po-sition and assists in locating a desired destination.
The navigation system is designed to select efficient routes from your presentstarting location to your destination. The system is also designed to direct youto a destination that is unfamiliar to you in an efficient manner. Map database ismade based on AISIN AW maps, whose information source comes from HEREmaps. The calculated routes may not be the shortest nor the least traffic con-gested. Your own personal local knowledge or “short cut” may at times be fasterthan the calculated routes.
The navigation system’s database includes Point of Interest categories to allowyou to easily select destinations such as restaurants and hotels. If a destinationis not in the database, you can enter the street address or a major intersectionclose to it and the system will guide you there.
The system will provide both a visual map and audio instructions. The audio in-structions will announce the distance remaining and the direction to turn in whenapproaching an intersection. These voice instructions will help you keep youreyes on the road and are timed to provide enough time to allow you to maneu-ver, change lanes or slow down.
NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
![Page 3: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
3
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Please be aware that all current vehicle navigation systems have certain limita-tions that may affect their ability to perform properly. The accuracy of the vehi-cle’s position depends on satellite conditions, road configuration, vehiclecondition or other circumstances. For more information on the limitations of thesystem, refer to page 257.
![Page 4: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
4
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
For safety reasons, this manual indicates items requiring particular attentionwith the following marks.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL
WARNING
● This is a warning against anything which may cause injury to people if the warning isignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to reduce the riskof injury to yourself and others.
NOTICE
● This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or its equip-ment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do inorder to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your vehicle and its equipment.
SYMBOLS USED IN ILLUSTRATIONS
Safety symbolThe symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen”.
Arrows indicating operations
Indicates the action (pushing, turning,etc.) used to operate switches and otherdevices.
PS087IO
![Page 5: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
5
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
HOW TO READ THIS MANUAL
No. Name Description
Operational Outlines
An outline of the operation is explained.
Main Operations The steps of an operation are explained.
Related Operations A main operation’s supplementary operations are described.
Information Useful information for the user is described.
![Page 6: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
6
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
To use this system in the safest possiblemanner, follow all the safety tips shownbelow.
This system is intended to assist in reach-ing the destination and, if used properly,can do so. The driver is solely responsiblefor the safe operation of your vehicle andthe safety of your passengers.
Do not use any feature of this system tothe extent it becomes a distraction andprevents safe driving. The first prioritywhile driving should always be the safe op-eration of the vehicle. While driving, besure to observe all traffic regulations.
Prior to the actual use of this system, learnhow to use it and become thoroughly famil-iar with it. Read the entire manual to makesure you understand the system. Do notallow other people to use this system untilthey have read and understood the in-structions in this manual.
For your safety, some functions may be-come inoperable when driving. Unavail-able screen buttons are dimmed. Onlywhen the vehicle is not moving, can thedestination and route selection be done.
SAFETY INSTRUCTION WARNING
● For safety, the driver should not operatethe system while he/she is driving. Insuf-ficient attention to the road and trafficmay cause an accident.
● While driving, be sure to obey the trafficregulations and maintain awareness ofthe road conditions. If a traffic sign onthe road has been changed, route guid-ance may not have the updated informa-tion such as the direction of a one waystreet.
![Page 7: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
7
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
While driving, listen to the voice instruc-tions as much as possible and glance atthe screen briefly and only when it is safe.However, do not totally rely on voice guid-ance. Use it just for reference. If the sys-tem cannot determine the current positioncorrectly, there is a possibility of incorrect,late, or non-voice guidance.
The data in the system may occasionallybe incomplete. Road conditions, includingdriving restrictions (no left turns, street clo-sures, etc.) frequently change. Therefore,before following any instructions from thesystem, look to see whether the instructioncan be done safely and legally.
This system cannot warn about suchthings as the safety of an area, condition ofstreets, and availability of emergency ser-vices. If unsure about the safety of an ar-ea, do not drive into it. Under nocircumstances is this system a substitutefor the driver’s personal judgement.
Use this system only in locations where itis legal to do so. Some states/provincesmay have laws prohibiting the use of videoand navigation screens next to the driver.
![Page 8: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
8
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC FUNCTION........................... 12
CONTROLS OVERVIEW....................... 12
“Apps” SCREEN .................................... 14
HOME SCREEN .................................... 16
2. QUICK REFERENCE....................... 20
“Setup” SCREEN ................................... 20
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION ............ 22
REGISTERING HOME .......................... 22
REGISTERING PRESET DESTINATIONS.................................. 24
OPERATION FLOW: GUIDING THE ROUTE................................................ 26
SETTING HOME AS THE DESTINATION .................................... 27
4. FUNCTION INDEX........................... 28
FUNCTION INDEX ................................ 28
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION.................................. 32
INITIAL SCREEN ................................... 32
CAPACITIVE TOUCH SWITCHES ........ 34
TOUCH SCREEN GESTURES.............. 35
TOUCH SCREEN OPERATION ............ 36
HOME SCREEN OPERATION .............. 37
ENTERING LETTERS AND NUMBERS/LIST SCREEN OPERATION........................................ 38
SCREEN ADJUSTMENT ....................... 41
LINKING MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM.............................................. 43
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS................... 44
REGISTERING/CONNECTING Bluetooth® DEVICE ............................. 44
SETTING Bluetooth® DETAILS ............. 49
3. OTHER SETTINGS ......................... 57
GENERAL SETTINGS ........................... 57
VOICE SETTINGS ................................. 63
DRIVER SETTINGS............................... 64
MAINTENANCE ..................................... 65
1 QUICK GUIDE 2 BASIC FUNCTION
![Page 9: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
9
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. BASIC OPERATION........................ 70
QUICK REFERENCE ............................ 70
SOME BASICS...................................... 71
2. RADIO OPERATION ....................... 77
AM/FM RADIO....................................... 77
XM Satellite Radio ................................. 88
INTERNET RADIO ................................ 96
3. MEDIA OPERATION ....................... 97
CD ......................................................... 97
USB MEMORY .................................... 101
iPod ..................................................... 106
Bluetooth® AUDIO............................... 111
AUX ..................................................... 116
4. AUDIO REMOTE CONTROLS ...... 119
STEERING SWITCHES ...................... 119
5. SETUP ........................................... 121
AUDIO SETTINGS .............................. 121
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM .......................... 123
OPERATING INFORMATION ............. 123
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION ................................ 134
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM.............. 134
CASUAL SPEECH RECOGNIZATION ............................ 141
COMMAND LIST ................................. 142
2. MOBILE ASSISTANT OPERATION ................................ 144
MOBILE ASSISTANT .......................... 144
1. USEFUL INFORMATION.............. 148
RECEIVING WEATHER INFORMATION ................................. 148
DATA SERVICES SETTINGS ............. 150
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES) ................ 152
QUICK REFERENCE .......................... 152
SOME BASICS .................................... 153
CALLING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE.............................................. 157
RECEIVING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE.............................................. 163
TALKING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE.............................................. 164
Bluetooth® PHONE MESSAGE FUNCTION........................................ 167
2. SETUP........................................... 172
PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS .......... 172
3. WHAT TO DO IF... ........................ 185
TROUBLESHOOTING......................... 185
3 AUDIO SYSTEM
4 VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
5 INFORMATION
6 PHONE
![Page 10: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC OPERATION...................... 194
QUICK REFERENCE .......................... 194
MAP SCREEN OPERATION............... 197
MAP SCREEN INFORMATION........... 203
TRAFFIC INFORMATION.................... 207
2. DESTINATION SEARCH............... 210
DESTINATION SEARCH SCREEN..... 210
SEARCH OPERATION........................ 212
STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE ......... 222
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE....................... 226
ROUTE GUIDANCE SCREEN ............ 226
TYPICAL VOICE GUIDANCE PROMPTS......................................... 231
EDITING ROUTE................................. 232
4. MEMORY POINTS......................... 236
MEMORY POINTS SETTINGS ........... 236
5. SETUP ........................................... 246
DETAILED NAVIGATION SETTINGS ........................................ 246
TRAFFIC SETTINGS........................... 250
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM....................................... 257
GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM) .......................................... 257
MAP DATABASE VERSION AND COVERED AREA.............................. 260
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW .... 264
Entune App Suite SERVICE................. 264
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION................................ 269
Entune App Suite ................................. 269
3. SETUP........................................... 276
Entune App Suite SETTINGS .............. 276
ALPHABETICAL INDEX................... 278
7 NAVIGATION SYSTEM 8 Entune App Suite
INDEX
![Page 11: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
1
11
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. CONTROLS OVERVIEW ............... 12
2. “Apps” SCREEN ........................... 14
3. HOME SCREEN ............................. 16
STATUS DISPLAY................................. 18
1. “Setup” SCREEN .......................... 20
1. REGISTERING HOME ................... 22
2. REGISTERING PRESET DESTINATIONS........................... 24
3. OPERATION FLOW: GUIDING THE ROUTE................................. 26
4. SETTING HOME AS THE DESTINATION ............................. 27
1. FUNCTION INDEX ......................... 28
1 BASIC FUNCTION
2 QUICK REFERENCE
3 NAVIGATION OPERATION
4 FUNCTION INDEX
QUICK GUIDE
![Page 12: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
12
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC FUNCTION
1. CONTROLS OVERVIEW
PS080IO
![Page 13: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
13
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1No. Function Page
Press to eject a disc. 73
By touching the screen with your finger, you can control the selectedfunctions.
35, 36
Insert a disc into this slot. The CD player turns on immediately. 73
Press to play/pause.77, 97, 101,
106, 111, 116
Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desiredtrack/file.
77, 88, 97, 101, 106,
111
Press to access the Bluetooth® hands-free system. 152
Turn to select a radio station or skip to the next or previous track/file.Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens bypressing it.
77, 88, 97, 101, 106,
111
MAP card slotDo not eject the SD card, as doing so may deactivate the navigationsystem.
261
Press to turn the system on and off, and turn it to adjust the volume. 71
Press to display the home screen. 16, 37
Press to display the “Apps” screen. 14
Press to access the audio system. The audio system turns on in thelast mode used.
70, 71, 72
WARNING
● Do not allow children to touch the SD card. If the card is accidently swallowed, the cardmay become stuck in the throat leading to serious injury or even death.
![Page 14: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
14
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. “Apps” SCREEN
Press the “APPS” button to display the “Apps” screen.
![Page 15: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
15
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1No. Function Page
Select to display the map screen. 194
Select to display the audio control screen. 70
Select to display the hands-free operation screen. 152
Select to display the “Message Inbox” screen. 167
* Select to display weather information. 148
Select to reorder the applications.
• Select the desired application then or to reorder.271
Select to display traffic information. 207
Select to display the “Setup” screen. 20
Select to update the applications. 270
Select to display the fuel consumption screen. “Owner’s Manual”
Select to display the “Maintenance” screen. 65
* Select to display the application screen. 264
*: Only for U.S.A.
INFORMATION
● When there are two pages, select or to change the page.
![Page 16: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
16
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. HOME SCREEN
Three-way split screen
Press the “HOME” button to display the home screen.
The home screen can display multiple information screens, such as the audio sys-tem screen, hands-free screen and navigation screen, simultaneously. Whenhands-free mode is selected, it is possible to make a call on the home screen if thedesired phone number is registered to one of the 4 displayed buttons. In order toregister the contact, select and hold the desired button and register the desiredcontact by obey displayed messages on the screen. (→P.162)
When a screen is selected, the selected screen is switched to a full-screen display.The home screen can be set to either a three-way split screen or a two-way splitscreen.
For details about setting the home screen: →P.37
![Page 17: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
17
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1Two-way split screen
No. Function Page
Displays the condition of the Bluetooth® connection 18
Select to display the “Setup” screen. 20
![Page 18: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
18
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
STATUS DISPLAY
The condition of the Bluetooth® connection, as well as the level of reception andthe amount of cellular phone battery charge left, are displayed on the status dis-play.
![Page 19: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
19
1. BASIC FUNCTION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1No. Indicators Conditions
The condition ofthe Bluetooth®
connection
(Gray) (Blue)No connection Poor Good
• An antenna for the Bluetooth® connection is built into the instru-ment panel. The condition of the Bluetooth® connection may dete-riorate and the system may not function when a Bluetooth® phoneis used in the following conditions and/or places:The cellular phone is obstructed by certain objects (such as whenit is behind the seat or in the glove box or console box).The cellular phone is touching or is covered with metal materials.
• Leave the Bluetooth® phone in a place where the condition of theBluetooth® connection is good.
The level of re-ception
Poor Excellent• The level of reception does not always correspond with the level
displayed on the cellular phone. The level of reception may not bedisplayed depending on the phone you have.When the cellular phone is out of the service area or in a placeinaccessible by radio waves, “No Service” is displayed.
• “Rm” is displayed when receiving in a roaming area. While roam-ing, display “Rm” top-left on the icon.
• The receiving area may not be displayed depending on the type ofphone you have.
The amount ofbattery chargeleft
Empty Full• The amount displayed does not always correspond with the
amount displayed on the Bluetooth® device.The amount of battery charge left may not be displayed depend-ing on the type of the Bluetooth® device connected.This system does not have a charging function.
![Page 20: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
20
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. QUICK REFERENCE
1. “Setup” SCREEN
The items shown on the “Setup” screen can be set. Press the “APPS” button, thenselect “Setup” to display the “Setup” screen.
![Page 21: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
21
2. QUICK REFERENCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1No. Function Page
Select to change the selected language, operation sound, automaticscreen change settings, etc.
57
Select to customize the home screen. 37
Select to set the voice settings. 63
Select to adjust the contrast and brightness of the screens. 41
Select to set memory points (home, preset destinations, address bookentries, areas to avoid), navigation details or to delete previous desti-nations.
236, 246
Select to set audio settings. 121
Select to set the phone sound, contacts, message settings, etc. 172
Select to set Bluetooth® phones and Bluetooth® audio devices. 49
Select to turn the screen off. ⎯
* Select to set Entune App Suite settings. 276
* Select to set data services settings. 150
Select to link the driver’s cellular phone settings. (audio presets, lan-guage, etc.)
64
Select to set vehicle information.“Owner’s Manual”
* Select to set traffic information. 250
*: Only for U.S.A.
![Page 22: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
22
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
1. REGISTERING HOME
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Navigation”.
Select “Dest.”.
Select “Go Home”.
Select “Yes”.
Choose a search method.
There are different kinds of methods tosearch for your home. (→P.210)
1
PS081IO
2
3
4
5
6
![Page 23: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
23
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1Select “Enter”.
Select “OK”.
Registration of home is complete.
Registering home in a different way →P.237
Editing the name, location, phone num-ber and icon →P.237
Setting home as the destination →P.213
7
8
![Page 24: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
24
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. REGISTERING PRESET DESTINATIONS
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Navigation”.
Select “Dest.”.
Select one of the preset destina-tion buttons.
Select “Yes”.
Choose a search method.
There are different kinds of methods tosearch for a destination. (→P.210)
1
PS081IO
2
3
4
5
6
![Page 25: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
25
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1Select “Enter”.
Select a position for this presetdestination.
Select “OK”.
Registration of preset destinations iscomplete.
Registering preset destinations in a dif-ferent way→P.238
Editing the name, location, phone num-ber and icon→P.239
Setting preset destinations as the desti-nation→P.213
7
8
9
![Page 26: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
26
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. OPERATION FLOW: GUIDING THE ROUTE
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Navigation”.
Select “Dest.”.
Choose a search method.
There are different kinds of methods tosearch for a destination. (→P.210)
Select “Go”.
Select “OK”.
Selecting routes other than the one recom-mended. (→P.222)
Guidance to the destination is displayedon the screen and can be heard viavoice guidance.
1
PS081IO
2
3
4
5
6
![Page 27: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
27
3. NAVIGATION OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1
4. SETTING HOME AS THE DESTINATION
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Navigation”.
Select “Dest.”.
Select “Go Home”.
Select “OK”.
Selecting routes other than the one recom-mended. (→P.222)
Guidance to the destination is displayedon the screen and can be heard viavoice guidance.
1
PS081IO
2
3
4
5
![Page 28: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
28
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
4. FUNCTION INDEX
1. FUNCTION INDEX
Map
Route guidance
Displaying maps Page
Viewing the map screen 194
Displaying the current position 197
Viewing the current position vicinity map 201
Changing the scale 198
Changing the map orientation 198
Displaying map information 203
Displaying the estimated travel/arrival time to the destination 226
Selecting the map mode 199
Displaying traffic information 207
Searching for destinations Page
Searching for the destination 212
Changing the search area 213
Before starting or during route guidance Page
Starting route guide 222
Editing the route 232
Viewing the entire route map 227
Pausing guidance 225
Adjusting route guidance volume 63
Deleting the destination 233
Address book Page
Registering address book entries 240
Marking icons on the map 241
![Page 29: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
29
4. FUNCTION INDEX
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
QU
ICK
GU
IDE
1Useful functions
Information Page
Displaying vehicle maintenance 65
Hands-free system (for cellular phone) Page
Registering/connecting Bluetooth® phone 44
Making a call on a Bluetooth® phone 157
Receiving a call on the Bluetooth® phone 163
Voice command system Page
Operating the system with your voice 134
![Page 30: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
30
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. INITIAL SCREEN........................... 32
2. CAPACITIVE TOUCHSWITCHES.................................. 34
3. TOUCH SCREEN GESTURES...... 35
4. TOUCH SCREEN OPERATION.... 36
5. HOME SCREEN OPERATION...... 37
6. ENTERING LETTERS ANDNUMBERS/LIST SCREEN OPERATION ............................... 38
ENTERING LETTERS AND NUMBERS........................................... 38
LIST SCREEN........................................ 38
7. SCREEN ADJUSTMENT............... 41
8. LINKING MULTI-INFORMATIONDISPLAY AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM ...................................... 43
1BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
2
BASIC FUNCTION
![Page 31: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
2
31
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. REGISTERING/CONNECTINGBluetooth® DEVICE .................... 44
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® PHONEFOR THE FIRST TIME ....................... 44
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® AUDIOPLAYER FOR THE FIRST TIME ........ 45
PROFILES............................................. 46
CERTIFICATION ................................... 48
2. SETTING Bluetooth® DETAILS.... 49
“Bluetooth* Setup” SCREEN ................. 49
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® DEVICE............................................... 50
DELETING A Bluetooth® DEVICE......... 51
CONNECTING A Bluetooth® DEVICE............................................... 52
EDITING THE Bluetooth® DEVICE INFORMATION................................... 54
“System Settings” SCREEN .................. 55
1. GENERAL SETTINGS .................. 57
GENERAL SETTINGS SCREEN........... 57
2. VOICE SETTINGS......................... 63
VOICE SETTINGS SCREEN................. 63
3. DRIVER SETTINGS ...................... 64
MANUALLY SELECT LINKED SETTINGS .......................................... 64
4. MAINTENANCE ............................ 65
2 Bluetooth® SETTINGS 3 OTHER SETTINGS
BASIC FUNCTION
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
![Page 32: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
32
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
1. INITIAL SCREEN
1 When the power switch is in ACCES-SORY or ON mode, the initial screenwill be displayed and the system willbegin operating.
After a few seconds displays the initialscreen, the “CAUTION” screen will be dis-played.
After about 5 seconds, the “CAUTION”screen automatically switches to the nextscreen. (Select “Continue” to display thenext screen.)
Images shown on the initial screen canbe changed to suit individual prefer-ences. (→P.60)
WARNING
● When the vehicle is stopped with thehybrid system operating, always applythe parking brake for safety.
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
This system reminds users when to re-place certain parts or components andshows dealer information (if regis-tered) on the screen.
When the vehicle reaches a previouslyset driving distance or date specifiedfor a scheduled maintenance check,the “Maintenance Reminder” screenwill be displayed when the system isturned on.
To prevent the screen from being dis-played again, select “Do Not Tell MeAgain”.
To register maintenance information:→P.65
If is selected, the registeredphone number can be called.
![Page 33: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
33
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
1 Press and hold the “PWR·VOL” knobfor 3 or more seconds.
RESTARTING THE SYSTEM
When system response is extremelyslow, the system can be restarted.
PS082IO
![Page 34: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
34
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. CAPACITIVE TOUCH SWITCHES
■HANDLING OF THE CONTROLPANEL
If the operating section is dirty or has liq-uid attached to it, incorrect operation ornon-response may occur.
If the operating section receives electro-magnetic waves, incorrect operation ornon-response may occur.
If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur.
If fingernails are used to operate the sys-tem, non-response may occur.
If a touch pen is used to operate the sys-tem, non-response may occur.
If the palm of your hand touches the oper-ating section, incorrect operation mayoccur.
If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur.
The control panel uses capacitivetouch sensors.
Capacitive touch switch sensor sensitiv-ity can be adjusted. (→P.57)
In the following cases, incorrect opera-tion or non-response may occur.
PS083IO
INFORMATION● Please do not push any of the side but-
tons when the system has just beenturned on, because the buttons mightbecome unresponsive. Please wait afew seconds before pressing any button.
![Page 35: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
35
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
3. TOUCH SCREEN GESTURES
Operations are performed by touching the touch screen directly with your finger.
Operation method Outline Main use
Touch Quickly touch and releaseonce.
Changing and selecting various set-tings
Drag*Touch the screen withyour finger, and move thescreen to the desired posi-tion.
• Scrolling the lists• Scrolling the map screen
Flick*Quickly move the screenby flicking with your finger.
• Scrolling the main screen page• Scrolling the map screen
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
PS084IO
PS085IO
PS086IO
INFORMATION● The system may not recognize flick operations in high altitude.
![Page 36: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
36
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
4. TOUCH SCREEN OPERATION
This system is operated mainly by thebuttons on the screen. (Referred to asscreen buttons in this manual.)
When a screen button is touched, abeep sounds. (To set the beep sound,see page 57.)
NOTICE
● To prevent damaging the screen, lightlytouch the screen buttons with your fin-ger.
● Do not use objects other than your fingerto touch the screen.
● Wipe off fingerprints using a glass clean-ing cloth. Do not use chemical cleanersto clean the screen, as they may dam-age the touch screen.
INFORMATION● If the system does not respond to touch-
ing the screen button, move your fingeraway from the screen and then touch itagain.
● Dimmed screen buttons cannot be oper-ated.
● The displayed image may becomedarker and moving images may beslightly distorted when the screen iscold.
● In extremely cold conditions, the mapmay not be displayed and the data inputby a user may be deleted. Also, thescreen buttons may not react properly.
● When you look at the screen throughpolarized material such as polarizedsunglasses, the screen may be dark andhard to see. If so, look at the screenfrom different angles, adjust the screensettings on the “Display Settings” screenor take off your sunglasses.
![Page 37: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
37
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
5. HOME SCREEN OPERATION
1 Press the “HOME” button.
2 “Home” screen is displayed.
When a screen is selected, the selectedscreen will change to a full-screen display.
1 Select .
2 Select “Home Screen”. Select “Two Panel” or “Three Panel”.
3 Select the desired area.
4 Select the desired item.
5 Select “OK”.
The home screen can display multipleinformation screens, such as the audiosystem screen and hands-free screen,simultaneously.
CUSTOMIZING THE HOME SCREEN
The display items/area on the homescreen can be changed.
INFORMATION● When the selected item is already being
displayed and another area is selectedfor that item, the item that it is replacingwill be displayed in the original item’slocation.
![Page 38: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
38
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
6. ENTERING LETTERS AND NUMBERS/LIST SCREEN OPERATION
On certain letter entry screens, letters canbe entered in upper or lower case.
: Select to enter in lower case.
: Select to enter in upper case.
1 Enter characters and select “OK”.
Matching items from the database arelisted even if the entered address or nameis incomplete.
The list will be displayed automatically ifthe maximum number of characters isentered or matching items can be dis-played on a single list screen.
When searching by an address, name,etc., or entering data, letters and num-bers can be entered via the screen.
ENTERING LETTERS AND NUMBERS
No. Function
Select to enter desired characters.
Text field. Entered character(s) willbe displayed.
While typing, when there only oneavailable option for the next charac-ter(s), the next character(s) will bedisplayed in gray text in the text fieldautomatically. Gray text is entered byselecting this button.
Select to erase one character.
Select to display the alphabet keys.
Select to display other symbols.
Keyboard layout can be changed.(→P.57)
LIST SCREEN
The list screen may be displayed afterentering characters.
DISPLAYING THE LIST
![Page 39: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
39
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
■SELECTING ALL ITEMS
1 Select “Select All”.
“Unselect All”: Unselect all items in thelist.
INFORMATION● The number of matching items is shown
on the right side of the screen. If thenumber of matching items is more than999, the system displays “∗∗∗” on thescreen.
Some lists contain “Select All”. If “Se-lect All” is selected, it is possible toselect all items.
LIST SCREEN OPERATION
When a list is displayed, use the appro-priate screen button to scroll throughthe list.
Icon Function
Select to skip to the next or previ-ous page.Select and hold or toscroll through the displayed list.
This indicates the displayedscreen’s position.
If appears to the right of anitem name, the complete name istoo long to display.
Select to scroll to the end ofthe name.
Select to move to the begin-ning of the name.
![Page 40: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
40
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Sort”.
2 Select the desired sorting criteria.
1 Select the desired character jump but-tons.
SORTING
The order of a list displayed on thescreen can be sorted in the order ofdistance from the current location,date, category, etc.
CHARACTER JUMP BUTTONS IN LISTS
Some lists contain character screenbuttons, “ABC”, “DEF” etc., which al-low a direct jump to list entries that be-gin with the same letter as thecharacter screen button.
INFORMATION● Every time the same character screen
button is selected, the list starting withthe subsequent character is displayed.
![Page 41: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
41
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
7. SCREEN ADJUSTMENT
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Display”.
4 Select the items to be set.
1 Select “Day Mode”.
The contrast and brightness of thescreen display and the image of thecamera display can be adjusted. Thescreen can also be changed to eitherday or night mode.
PS081IO
No. Function Page
Select to adjust the screendisplay.
42Select to adjust the cameradisplay.
Select to turn day mode on/off. 41
INFORMATION● When the screen is viewed through
polarized sunglasses, a rainbow patternmay appear on the screen due to opticalcharacteristics of the screen. If this isdisturbing, please operate the screenwithout polarized sunglasses.
CHANGING BETWEEN DAY AND NIGHT MODE
Depending on the position of the head-light switch, the screen changes to dayor night mode. This feature is availablewhen the headlight is switched on.
INFORMATION● If the screen is set to day mode with the
headlight switch turned on, this conditionis memorized even with the hybrid sys-tem turned off.
![Page 42: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
42
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “General” or “Camera”.
2 Select the desired item.
General
Camera
3 Select “OK”.
ADJUSTING THE CONTRAST/BRIGHTNESS
The contrast and brightness of thescreen can be adjusted according tothe brightness of your surroundings.
Screen button Function
“Brightness” “+”Select to brighten thescreen.
“Brightness” “-”Select to darken thescreen.
“Contrast” “+”Select to strengthen thecontrast of the screen.
“Contrast” “-”Select to weaken thecontrast of the screen.
![Page 43: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
43
1. BASIC INFORMATION BEFORE OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
8. LINKING MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM
The following functions of the navigation system are linked with the multi-informa-tion display in the instrument cluster:
• Navigation• Audioetc.
These functions can be operated using multi-information display control switcheson the steering wheel. For details, refer to “Owner’s Manual”.
![Page 44: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
44
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
1. REGISTERING/CONNECTING Bluetooth® DEVICE
1 Turn the Bluetooth® connection settingof your cellular phone on.
This function is not available whenBluetooth® connection setting of your cel-lular phone is set to off.
2 Press the “APPS” button.
3 Select “Phone”.
Operations up to this point can also be
performed by pressing the switch on
the steering wheel or switch on thecontrol panel.
4 Select “Yes” to register a phone.
5 When this screen is displayed, searchfor the device name displayed on thisscreen on the screen of your
Bluetooth® device.
For details about operating the Bluetooth®
device, see the manual that comes with it. To cancel the registration, select “Can-
cel”.
6 Register the Bluetooth® device using
your Bluetooth® device.
A PIN-code is not required for SSP(Secure Simple Pairing) compatibleBluetooth® devices. Depending on thetype of Bluetooth® device being con-nected, a message confirming registra-tion may be displayed on the Bluetooth®
device’s screen. Respond and operate theBluetooth® device according to the confir-mation message.
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® PHONE FOR THE FIRST TIME
To use the hands-free system, it is
necessary to register a Bluetooth®
phone with the system.
Once the phone has been registered, itis possible to use the hands-free sys-tem.
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
For details about registering a
Bluetooth® device: →P.50
PS081IO
![Page 45: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
45
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
7 Check that the screen is displayedwhen registration is complete.
The system waits for connection requestscoming from the registered device.
At this stage, the Bluetooth® functions arenot yet available.
8 Select “OK” when the connection sta-tus changes from “Connecting...” to“Connected”.
If an error message is displayed, followthe guidance on the screen to try again.
1 Turn the Bluetooth® connection settingof your audio player on.
This function is not available when theBluetooth® connection setting of youraudio player is set to off.
2 Press the “AUDIO” button.
3 Select “Source” on the audio screenor press “AUDIO” button again.
4 Select “ Audio”.
5 Select “Yes” to register an audio play-er.
6 Follow the steps in “REGISTERING A
Bluetooth® DEVICE” from “STEP 2”.(→P.50)
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® AUDIO PLAYER FOR THE FIRST TIME
To use the Bluetooth® Audio, it is nec-essary to register an audio player withthe system.
Once the player has been registered, it
is possible to use the Bluetooth® Au-dio.
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
For details about registering a
Bluetooth® device: →P.50
PS089IO
![Page 46: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
46
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PROFILES
This system supports the following services.
Bluetooth® Device
Spec. FunctionRequire-ments
Recommen-dations
Bluetooth®
Phone/Bluetooth®
Audio Player
Bluetooth® SpecificationRegistering
a Bluetooth® device
Ver. 2.0Ver. 3.0 +EDR
Bluetooth® Device
Profile FunctionRequire-ments
Recommen-dations
Bluetooth®
Phone
HFP (Hands-Free Profile)Hands-free system
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.6
OPP (Object Push Profile)Transferring the contacts
Ver. 1.1 Ver. 1.2
PBAP (Phone Book Access profile)
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.1
MAP (Message Access Profile)
Bluetooth®
phone message⎯ Ver. 1.0
SPP (Serial Port Profile)Entune App Suite
⎯ Ver. 1.1
Bluetooth®
Audio Player
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Bluetooth® audio
system
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.2
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile)
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.4
![Page 47: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
47
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Corporation is under license. Other trade-marks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
INFORMATION● If your cellular phone does not support HFP, registering the Bluetooth® phone or using
OPP, PBAP, MAP or SPP profiles individually will not be possible.● If the connected Bluetooth® device version is older than recommended or incompatible,
the Bluetooth® device function may not work properly.● Refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ to find approved Bluetooth® phones for this sys-
tem.
![Page 48: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
48
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
U.S.A.
Mexico
CanadaCERTIFICATION
FCC ID: ACJ932AT1501NOTE: <§15.19(a)(3)> This device complies
with part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interferencereceived, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING: <§15.21> Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.
CAUTION: <§2.1091> Radio frequency radiation
exposure information:This equipment complies with FCCradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of20cm between the radiator and yourbody. This transmitter must not be co-locatedor operated in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.
La operación de este equipo está sujetaa las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) esposible que este equipo o dispositivo nocause interferencia perjudicial y (2) esteequipo o dispositivo debe aceptarcualquier interferencia, incluyendo laque pueda causar su operación nodeseada.
NOTE: This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSSstandard(s). Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme auxCNR d’Industrie Canada applicablesaux appareils radio exempts de licence.L’exploitation est autorisée aux deuxconditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil nedoit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
This radio transmitter (identify thedevice by certification number, or modelnumber if Category II) has beenapproved by Industry Canada tooperate with the antenna types listedbelow with the maximum permissiblegain and required antenna impedancefor each antenna type indicated.Antenna types not included in this list,having a gain greater than the maximumgain indicated for that type, are strictlyprohibited for use with this device.
Le présent émetteur radio (identifier ledispositif par son numéro decertification ou son numéro de modèles’il fait partie du matériel de catégorie II)a été approuvé par Industrie Canadapour fonctionner avec les typesd’antenne énumérés ci-dessous etayant un gain admissible maximal etl’impédance requise pour chaque typed’antenne. Les types d’antenne noninclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gainest supérieur au gain maximal indiqué,sont strictement interdits pourl’exploitation de l’émetteur.
![Page 49: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
49
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
2. SETTING Bluetooth® DETAILS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Bluetooth*”.
4 Select the desired item to be set.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
PS081IO
“Bluetooth* Setup” SCREEN
Function Page
Registering a Bluetooth® device 50
Deleting a Bluetooth® device 51
Connecting a Bluetooth® device 52
Editing the Bluetooth® device infor-mation
54
Bluetooth® system settings 55
![Page 50: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
50
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
From the phone/message settingsscreen
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Phone”.
4 Select “Connect Phone”.
From the status display
1 Select status display area on thescreen.
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen.(→P.49)
2 Select “Add”.
When another Bluetooth® device is con-nected
To disconnect the Bluetooth® device,select “Yes”.
When 5 Bluetooth® devices have al-ready been registered
A registered device needs to be replaced.Select “Yes”, and select the device to bereplaced.
3 When this screen is displayed, searchfor the device name displayed on thisscreen on the screen of your
Bluetooth® device.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
DISPLAYING THE “Bluetooth* Setup” SCREEN IN A DIFFERENT WAY
REGISTERING A Bluetooth® DEVICE
Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices can be reg-istered.
Bluetooth® compatible phones (HFP)and audio players (AVP) can be regis-tered simultaneously.
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
![Page 51: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
51
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
For details about operating the Bluetooth®
device, see the manual that comes with it. To cancel the registration, select “Can-
cel”.
4 Register the Bluetooth® device usingyour Bluetooth® device.
A PIN-code is not required for SSP(Secure Simple Pairing) compatibleBluetooth® devices. Depending on thetype of Bluetooth® device being con-nected, a message confirming registra-tion may be displayed on the Bluetooth®
device’s screen. Respond and operate theBluetooth® device according to the confir-mation message.
5 Check that the screen is displayedwhen registration is complete.
The system waits for connection requestscoming from the registered device.
At this stage, the Bluetooth® functions arenot yet available.
6 Select “OK” when the connection sta-tus changes from “Connection wait-ing...” to “Connected”.
If an error message is displayed, followthe guidance on the screen to try again.
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen.(→P.49)
2 Select “Remove”.
3 Select the desired device.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
5 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
DELETING A Bluetooth®
DEVICE
INFORMATION
● When deleting a Bluetooth® phone, thecontact data will be deleted at the sametime.
![Page 52: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
52
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen.(→P.49)
2 Select the device to be connected.
Supported profile icons will be displayed.
: Phone
: Audio player
: Phone/Entune App Suite service The profile icon for a currently connected
device will be displayed in color. Selecting a profile icon which is not cur-
rently connected will switch the connec-tion to the function.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
3 Select the desired connection.
When another Bluetooth® device is con-nected
To disconnect the Bluetooth® device,select “Yes”.
4 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the connection is com-plete.
If an error message is displayed, followthe guidance on the screen to try again.
CONNECTING A Bluetooth®
DEVICE
Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices (Phones(HFP) and audio players (AVP)) can beregistered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth® device hasbeen registered, select the desired de-vice to make a connection.
If the desired Bluetooth® device is noton the list, select “Add” to register thedevice. (→P.50)
INFORMATION● It may take time if the device connection
is carried out during Bluetooth® audioplayback.
● Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
device being connected, it may be nec-essary to perform additional steps onthe device.
● When disconnecting a Bluetooth®
device, it is recommended to disconnectusing the navigation system.
![Page 53: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
53
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
■AUTO CONNECTION MODE
When the power switch is in ACCES-SORY or ON mode, the system searchesfor a nearby registered device.
The system will connect with the regis-tered device that was last connected, if itis nearby.
■CONNECTING MANUALLY
1 Press the “APPS” button and select“Setup”.
2 Select “Bluetooth*”.
3 Follow the steps in “CONNECTING A
Bluetooth® DEVICE” from “STEP 2”.(→P.52)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
■RECONNECTING THE Bluetooth®
PHONE
If the system is attempting to connect to aBluetooth® phone and the Bluetooth®
phone is turned off and then back on, thesystem will attempt to reconnect.
To turn auto connection mode on, set“Bluetooth* Power” to on. (→P.55)
Leave the Bluetooth® device in a loca-tion where the connection can be es-tablished.
When the auto connection has failed or“Bluetooth* Power” is turned off, it is
necessary to connect Bluetooth® man-ually.
If a Bluetooth® phone is disconnecteddue to poor reception from the
Bluetooth® network when the powerswitch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode,the system automatically reconnects
the Bluetooth® phone.
![Page 54: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
54
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen.(→P.49)
2 Select the desired device to be edited.
3 Select “Device Info”.
4 Confirm and change the Bluetooth®
device information.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
EDITING THE Bluetooth®
DEVICE INFORMATION
The Bluetooth® device’s informationcan be displayed on the screen. Thedisplayed information can be edited.
No. Information
The name of the Bluetooth® device.Can be changed to a desired name.(→P.55)
Select to set the Bluetooth® audioplayer connection method. (→P.55)
Device address is unique to the de-vice and cannot be changed.
Phone number of the Bluetooth®
phone.
Compatibility profile of theBluetooth® device.
Select to reset all setup items.
INFORMATION● If 2 Bluetooth® devices have been regis-
tered with the same device name, thedevices can be distinguished by refer-ring to the device’s address.
● Depending on the type of phone, someinformation may not be displayed.
![Page 55: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
55
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
1 Select “Device Name”.
2 Enter the name and select “OK”.
1 Select “Connect Audio PlayerFrom”.
2 Select the desired connection method.“Vehicle”: Select to connect the audiosystem to the audio player.“Device”: Select to connect the audioplayer to the audio system. Depending on the audio player, the “Vehi-
cle” or “Device” connection method maybe best. As such, refer to the manual thatcomes with the audio player.
To reset the connection method, select“Default”.
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen.(→P.49)
2 Select “System Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.
CHANGING A DEVICE NAME
INFORMATION● Even if the device name is changed, the
name registered in your Bluetooth®
device does not change.
SETTING AUDIO PLAYER CONNECTION METHOD
“System Settings” SCREEN
The Bluetooth® settings can be con-firmed and changed.
![Page 56: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
56
2. Bluetooth® SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Bluetooth* Power”.When “Bluetooth* Power” is on:
The Bluetooth® device is automaticallyconnected when the power switch is in AC-CESSORY or ON mode.When “Bluetooth* Power” is off:The Bluetooth® device is disconnected,and the system will not connect to it nexttime.
1 Select “Bluetooth* Name”.
2 Enter a name and select “OK”.
1 Select “Bluetooth* PIN”.
2 Enter a PIN-code and select “OK”.*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
No. Information Page
Select to set Bluetooth®
connection on/off. 56
Displays system name.Can be changed to a de-sired name.
56
PIN-code used when theBluetooth® device was reg-istered. Can be changed toa desired code.
56
Device address is uniqueto the device and cannot bechanged.
⎯
Select to set the phoneconnection status displayon/off.
⎯
Select to set the connec-tion status display of theaudio player on/off.
⎯
Compatibility profile of thesystem device. ⎯
Select to reset all setupitems. ⎯
CHANGING “Bluetooth* Power”
INFORMATION● While driving, the auto connection state
can be changed from off to on, but can-not be changed from on to off.
EDITING THE Bluetooth* NAME
EDITING THE PIN-CODE
![Page 57: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
57
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
3. OTHER SETTINGS
1. GENERAL SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “General”.
4 Select the items to be set.
Settings for the system time, operationsounds, etc., can be changed.
PS081IO
GENERAL SETTINGS SCREEN
![Page 58: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
58
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
*: If equipped
No. Function
Select to change the time zone andset the daylight saving time on/off.(→P.59)
Select to change the language.
* Select to change the unit of measurefor distance/fuel consumption.
Select to change the unit of weathertemperature.
Select to set the sound beeps on/off.
Select to change the screen buttoncolor.
Select to change the keyboard lay-out.
Select to set automatic screenchanges from the audio controlscreen to the home screen to on/off.When set to on, the screen will auto-matically return to the home screenfrom the audio control screen after20 seconds.
Select to change the capacitivetouch button sensor sensitivity.
Select to set a pop-up message dis-played on an iPhone connected viaBluetooth® on/off when an applica-tion on the iPhone needs to be acti-vated.
Select to set the animations on/off.
Select to customize the startup im-age. (→P.60)
Select to customize the screen offimage. (→P.60)
Select to delete personal data.(→P.62)
Select to update software versions.For details, contact your Toyotadealer.
Select to update Gracenote® data-base versions. For details, contactyour Toyota dealer.
Select to display the software infor-mation. Notices related to third partysoftware used in this product are en-listed. (This includes instructions forobtaining such software, where ap-plicable.)
Select to reset all setup items.
No. Function
![Page 59: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
59
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
1 Display the “General Settings” screen.(→P.57)
2 Select “System Time”.
3 Select the items to be set.
4 Select “OK”.
■SETTING THE TIME ZONE
1 Select “Time Zone”.
2 Select the desired time zone.
SYSTEM TIME SETTINGS
Used for changing time zones and theon/off settings of daylight saving time.
No. Function
Select to change the time zone.(→P.59)
Select to set daylight saving time on/off.
![Page 60: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
60
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■TRANSFERRING IMAGES
1 Open the cover and connect a USBmemory.
Turn on the power of the USB memory if itis not turned on.
2 Press the “APPS” button.
3 Select “Setup”.
4 Select “General”.
5 Select “Customize Startup Image” or“Customize Screen Off Image”.
6 Select “Transfer”.
7 Select “Yes”.
CUSTOMIZING THE STARTUP AND SCREEN OFF IMAGES
An image can be copied from a USBmemory and used as the startup andscreen off images.
When the power switch is in ACCES-SORY or ON mode, the initial screenwill be displayed. (→P.32)
PS088IO
![Page 61: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
61
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
■SETTING THE STARTUP IMAGES
1 Display the “General Settings” screen.(→P.57)
2 Select “Customize Startup Image”.
3 Select the desired image.
4 Select “OK”.
■SETTINGS THE SCREEN OFF IM-AGES
1 Display the “General Settings” screen.(→P.57)
2 Select “Customize Screen Off Im-age”.
3 Select the desired image.
4 Select “OK”.
INFORMATION● When saving the images to a USB,
name the folder that the startup image issaved to “StartupImage” and name thefolder that the screen off image is savedto “DisplayOffImage”. If these foldernames are not used, the system cannotdownload the images. (The foldernames are case sensitive.)
● The compatible file extensions are JPGand JPEG.
● Image files of 5 MB or less can be trans-ferred.
● Up to 3 images can be downloaded.● Files with non-ASCII filenames cannot
be downloaded.
![Page 62: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
62
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■DELETING TRANSFERRED IMAG-ES
1 Display the “General Settings” screen.(→P.57)
2 Select “Customize Startup Image” or“Customize Screen Off Image”.
3 Select “Delete All”.
4 Select “Yes”.
1 Display the “General Settings” screen.(→P.57)
2 Select “Delete Personal Data”.
3 Select “Delete”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
Registered or changed personal settingswill be deleted or returned to their defaultconditions.For example:• General settings• Navigation settings• Audio settings• Phone settings
DELETING PERSONAL DATA
NOTICE
● Make sure the map microSD card isinserted when deleting personal data.The personal data cannot be deletedwhen the map microSD card isremoved. To delete the data, after insert-ing the map microSD card, turn thepower switch to ACCESSORY or ONmode.
![Page 63: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
63
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
2. VOICE SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Voice”.
4 Select the items to be set.
Voice volume, etc., can be set.
INFORMATION● “Voice Settings” screen can also be dis-
played from the voice recognition topscreen. (→P.136)
VOICE SETTINGS SCREEN
PS081IO
No. Function
Select to adjust the volume of voiceguidance.
Select to set the voice guidanceduring route guidance on/off.
Select to set the voice recognitionprompts.
Select to train voice recognition.The voice command system adaptthe user accent. (→P.137)
Select to set the voice prompt inter-rupt on/off.
Select to set the web search engine.The search engines are Entune AppSuite applications. (→P.269)
Select to set the voice recognitiontutorial.
Select to reset all setup items.
![Page 64: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
64
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. DRIVER SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Driver”.
4 Select “Enable this Feature”.
1 Display the driver settings screen.(→P.64)
2 Select “Manually Select Linked Set-tings”.
3 Select the desired phone.
After a few seconds, loaded screen auto-matically switches to the home screen.
The driver settings feature will allowthe system to link some preferences(such as audio presets, button colors,
language, etc.) to a paired Bluetooth®
phone.
PS081IO
MANUALLY SELECT LINKED SETTINGS
![Page 65: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
65
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC FU
NC
TION
2
4. MAINTENANCE
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Maintenance”.
3 Select the desired item.
When this system is turned on, the“Maintenance Reminder” screen dis-plays when it is time to replace a partor certain components. (→P.32)
PS081IO
No. Function
Select to set the condition of parts orcomponents.
Select to add new information itemsseparately from provided ones.
Select to cancel all conditions whichhave been entered.
Select to reset the item which haveexpired conditions.
Select to call the registered dealer.
Select to register/edit dealer infor-mation. (→P.66)
When set to on, the indicator will illu-minate. The system is set to givemaintenance information with the“Maintenance Reminder” screen.(→P.32)
INFORMATION● When the vehicle needs to be serviced,
the screen button color will change toorange.
![Page 66: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
66
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select the desired part or componentscreen button.
When the vehicle needs to be serviced,the screen button color will change toorange.
2 Set the conditions.
3 Select “OK” after entering the condi-tions.
1 Select “Set Dealer”.
2 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
The editing dealer screen appears aftersetting the location.
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION SETTING
No. Function
Select to enter the next maintenancedate.
Select to enter the driving distanceuntil the next maintenance check.
Select to cancel the conditions whichhave been entered.
Select to reset the conditions whichhave expired.
INFORMATION● For scheduled maintenance information,
refer to “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
● Depending on driving or road conditions,the actual date and distance that main-tenance should be performed may differfrom the stored date and distance in thesystem.
DEALER SETTING
Dealer information can be registered inthe system. With dealer informationregistered, route guidance to the deal-er is available.
![Page 67: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
67
3. OTHER SETTINGS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
BA
SIC
FU
NC
TIO
N
2
3 Select the items to be edited. ■EDITING DEALER OR CONTACTNAME
1 Select “Edit” next to “Dealer” or “Con-tact”.
2 Enter the name and select “OK”.
■EDITING THE LOCATION
1 Select “Edit” next to “Location”.
2 Scroll the map to the desired point(→P.202) and select “OK”.
■EDITING PHONE NUMBER
1 Select “Edit” next to “Phone #”.
2 Enter the phone number and select“OK”.
No. Function Page
Select to enter the name ofa dealer.
67
Select to enter the name ofa dealer member.
67
Select to set the location. 67
Select to enter the phonenumber.
67
Select to delete the dealerinformation displayed onthe screen.
⎯
Select to set the displayeddealer as a destination.
222
![Page 68: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
68
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. QUICK REFERENCE..................... 70
2. SOME BASICS............................... 71
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF ..................................................... 71
SELECTING AN AUDIO SOURCE........ 72
DISC SLOT............................................ 73
USB/AUX PORT .................................... 74
SOUND SETTINGS............................... 74
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM................ 76
1. AM/FM RADIO............................... 77
OVERVIEW............................................ 77
PRESETTING A STATION .................... 81
SELECTING A STATION FROM THE LIST............................................. 81
CACHING A RADIO PROGRAM ........... 82
RADIO BROADCAST DATA SYSTEM.............................................. 83
TRAFFIC ANNOUNCEMENT (FM RADIO)......................................... 84
USING HD Radio™ TECHNOLOGY...... 85
AVAILABLE HD Radio™ TECHNOLOGY.................................... 85
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE............... 87
2. XM Satellite Radio ........................ 88
OVERVIEW............................................ 88
HOW TO SUBSCRIBE TO AN XM Satellite Radio...................................... 91
DISPLAYING THE RADIO ID................. 93
PRESETTING A CHANNEL................... 93
SELECTING A CHANNEL FROM THE LIST ..................................................... 94
IF THE SATELLITE RADIO TUNER MALFUNCTIONS ................................ 95
3. INTERNET RADIO......................... 96
LISTENING TO INTERNET RADIO....... 96
1 BASIC OPERATION 2 RADIO OPERATION
3
AUDIO SYSTEM
![Page 69: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
3
69
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. CD .................................................. 97
OVERVIEW ........................................... 97
PLAYING AN AUDIO CD .................... 100
PLAYING AN MP3/WMA/AAC DISC.................................................. 100
2. USB MEMORY............................. 101
OVERVIEW ......................................... 101
PLAYING A USB AUDIO..................... 105
3. iPod.............................................. 106
OVERVIEW ......................................... 106
iPod AUDIO ......................................... 110
iPod VIDEO ......................................... 110
4. Bluetooth® AUDIO ...................... 111
OVERVIEW ......................................... 111
CONNECTING A Bluetooth® DEVICE............................................. 115
LISTENING TO Bluetooth® AUDIO..... 115
5. AUX .............................................. 116
OVERVIEW ......................................... 116
1. STEERING SWITCHES............... 119
1. AUDIO SETTINGS ...................... 121
AUDIO SETTINGS SCREEN............... 121
1. OPERATING INFORMATION ..... 123
RADIO.................................................. 123
CD PLAYER AND DISC ...................... 124
iPod...................................................... 126
FILE INFORMATION ........................... 127
TERMS ................................................ 130
ERROR MESSAGES........................... 131
3 MEDIA OPERATION 4 AUDIO REMOTE CONTROLS
5 SETUP
6TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
AUDIO SYSTEM
![Page 70: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
70
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC OPERATION
1. QUICK REFERENCE
Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio screen.
Function Page
Using the radio 77, 88, 96
Playing an audio CD or MP3/WMA/AAC disc 97
Playing a USB memory 101
Playing an iPod 106
Playing a Bluetooth® device 111
Using the AUX port 116
Using the steering wheel audio switches 119
Audio system settings 121
INFORMATION● The display and button positions will differ depending on the type of the system.
PS080IO
![Page 71: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
71
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
2. SOME BASICS
“PWR·VOL” knob: Press to turn the audiosystem on and off. The system turns on inthe last mode used. Turn this knob to ad-just the volume.“AUDIO” button: Press to display screenbuttons for the audio system.
This section describes some of the ba-sic features of the audio system. Someinformation may not pertain to yoursystem.Your audio system works when thepower switch is turned to ACCESSO-RY or ON mode.
NOTICE
● To prevent the 12-volt battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the audio sys-tem on longer than necessary when thehybrid system is not operating.
CERTIFICATION
U.S.A.FCC Warning:Any unauthorized changes ormodifications to this equipment would voidthe user’s authority to operate this device.U.S.A., Mexico and CanadaCAUTION:THIS PRODUCT IS A CLASS Ι LASERPRODUCT. USE OF CONTROLS ORADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCEOF PROCEDURES OTHER THANTHOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAYRESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATIONEXPOSURE.DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOTREPAIR BY YOURSELF. REFERSERVICING TO QUALIFIEDPERSONNEL.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
A function that enables automatic returnto the “Home” screen from the audioscreen can be selected. (→P.57)
PS090IO
![Page 72: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
72
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Press the “AUDIO” button.
2 Select “Source” on the audio screenor press “AUDIO” button again.
3 Select the desired source.
1 Display the “Select Audio Source”screen. (→P.72)
2 Select “Reorder”.
3 Select the desired audio source then
or to reorder.
4 Select “OK”.
SELECTING AN AUDIO SOURCE
INFORMATION● Dimmed screen buttons cannot be oper-
ated.
● When there are two pages, select
or to change the page.
PS089IO
REORDERING THE AUDIO SOURCE
![Page 73: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
73
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
1 Insert a disc into the disc slot.
After insertion, the disc is automaticallyloaded.
1 Press the button and remove thedisc.
DISC SLOT
INSERTING A DISC
PS091IO
EJECTING A DISC
NOTICE
● Never try to disassemble or oil any partof the CD player. Do not insert anythingother than a disc into the slot.
INFORMATION● The player is intended for use with 4.7
in. (12 cm) discs only.● When inserting a disc, gently insert the
disc with the label facing up.
PS092IO
![Page 74: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
74
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Open the cover and connect a device.
Turn on the power of the device if it is notturned on.
1 Display the “Audio Settings” screen.(→P.121)
Type A
2 Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”.
3 Select “High”, “Mid”, “Low”, or“Off”.
Type B
2 Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”.
3 Select on or off.
1 Display the “Audio Settings” screen.(→P.121)
2 Select “Surround”.
USB/AUX PORT
INFORMATION● If a USB hub is plugged-in, two devices
can be connected at a time.● Even if a USB hub is used to connect
more than two USB devices, only thefirst two connected devices will be rec-ognized.
PS088IO
SOUND SETTINGS
AUTOMATIC SOUND LEVELIZER (ASL)
The system adjusts to the optimum vol-ume and tone quality according to ve-hicle speed to compensate forincreased vehicle noise.
SURROUND*
*: If equipped
![Page 75: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
75
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
1 Select “Sound” on the audio controlscreen.
2 Select the desired screen button.
TONE AND BALANCE
TONE:
How good an audio program sounds islargely determined by the mix of thetreble, mid and bass levels. In fact, dif-ferent kinds of music and vocal pro-grams usually sound better withdifferent mixes of treble, mid and bass.
BALANCE:
A good balance of the left and right ste-reo channels and of the front and rearsound levels is also important.
Keep in mind that when listening to astereo recording or broadcast, chang-ing the right/left balance will increasethe volume of 1 group of sounds whiledecreasing the volume of another.
No. Function
Select “+” or “-” to adjust high-pitched tones.
Select “+” or “-” to adjust mid-pitched tones.
Select “+” or “-” to adjust low-pitched tones.
Select to adjust the sound balancebetween the front and rear speakers.
Select to adjust the sound balancebetween the left and right speakers.
![Page 76: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
76
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Press this switch to operate the voicecommand system.
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
The voice command system and its listof commands can be operated.(→P.134)
PS094IO
![Page 77: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
77
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
2. RADIO OPERATION
1. AM/FM RADIO
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
Select “AM” or “FM” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
Top screen
Option screen
![Page 78: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
78
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CONTROL PANEL
PS080IO
![Page 79: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
79
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
No. Function
Select to scroll the page of preset buttons.
Select to display the option screen.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the cache radio operation buttons. (→P.82)
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Cache radio only: Select to play/pause.
Select to display a list of receivable stations/channels.
Select to store information of the audio currently being broadcast on the radio.
Select to tune to preset stations/channels.
Select to display the additional text information.
Select to scan for receivable stations/channels.
Select to turn HD Radio mode on/off.When the “HD Radio™” indicator is off, the station list shows only analog broadcasts.
Analog FM only: Select to display RBDS text messages.
Press to turn mute on/off.Cache radio only: Select to play/pause.
• Press to select a preset station.• Press and hold to seek for a station.
• Turn to step up/down frequencies.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
![Page 80: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
80
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
INFORMATION● The radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is received.● The radio automatically blends to an HD Radio signal in AM or FM where available.
![Page 81: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
81
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
31 Tune in the desired station.
2 Select “(add new)”.
To change the preset station to a differentone, select and hold the preset station.
3 Select “Yes” on the confirmationscreen.
4 Select “OK” after setting the new pre-set station.
1 Select “Station List”.
2 FM radio only: Select the desired pro-gram genre.
3 Select the desired station and select“OK”.
PRESETTING A STATION
Radio mode has a mix preset function,which can store up to 36 stations (6stations per page x 6 pages) from anyof the AM, FM or SAT bands.
INFORMATION● The number of preset radio stations dis-
played on the screen can be changed.(→P.122)
SELECTING A STATION FROM THE LIST
A station list can be displayed.
![Page 82: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
82
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■REFRESHING THE STATION LIST
1 Select “Refresh” on the station listscreen and the following screen will bedisplayed.
“Cancel Refresh”: Select to cancel therefresh.“Source”: Select to change to another au-dio source while refreshing.
1 Display the cache radio operation but-tons. (→P.77)
2 Select the desired cache radio opera-tion button.
INFORMATION● The audio system sound is muted during
refresh operation.● In some situations, it may take some
time to update the station list.
CACHING A RADIO PROGRAM
A radio program can be cached andplayed back in a time-shifted manner.
PLAYING BACK THE CACHE MANUALLY
The broadcast cached in the programcache can be played back manually.
No. Function
Hides the cache operation buttons
Skips backward 2 minutes
Fast rewinds continuously
Returns to the live radio broadcast
Fast forwards continuously
Skips forward 2 minutes
Red vertical bar: Shows what por-tion of the cached broadcast is cur-rently playingLight blue bar: Shows time in whichcache writing is in progress
![Page 83: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
83
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
AUTOMATIC PLAYBACK OF THE CACHE
If the radio broadcast is interrupted byanother audio output, such as anincoming phone call, the system willautomatically cache the interruptedportion and perform time-shiftplayback when the interruption ends.To manually operate the cacheoperation: (→P.82)
INFORMATION● The system can store up to 20 minutes.
Cached data will be erased when theradio mode or station is changed orwhen the audio system is turned off.
● If noise or silence occurs during thecaching process, cache writing will con-tinue, with the noise or silence recordedas is. In this case, the cached broadcastwill contain the noise or silence whenplayed back.
RADIO BROADCAST DATA SYSTEM
This audio system is equipped with Ra-dio Broadcast Data Systems (RBDS).RBDS mode allows text messages tobe received from radio stations that uti-lize RBDS transmitters.When RBDS is on, the radio can— only select stations of a particularprogram type,— display messages from radio sta-tions,— search for a stronger signal station.RBDS features are available onlywhen listening to an FM station thatbroadcasts RBDS information and the“FM Info” indicator is on.
![Page 84: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
84
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Station List”.
2 FM radio only: Select a desired genreof station and select a desired station.
The genre list is in the following order:• Classical• Country• EasyLis (Easy Listening)• Inform (Information)• Jazz• News• Oldies• Other• Pop Music• Religion• Rock• R&B (Rhythm and Blues)• Sports• Talk• Traffic (Not available when “HD Radio™”
indicator is off.)• Alert (Emergency Alert)
1 Select “Station List”.
2 Select the desired traffic program sta-tion.
SELECTING A DESIRED GENRE
TRAFFIC ANNOUNCEMENT (FM RADIO)
A station that regularly broadcasts traf-fic information is automatically located.
INFORMATION● If a traffic program station is found, the
name of the traffic program station willbe displayed for a while.
![Page 85: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
85
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
1 Select the “HD)” logo.
2 Select the desired channel.
Turning the “TUNE/SCROLL” knob canalso select the desired multicast channel.
USING HD Radio™ TECHNOLOGY
HD Radio™ Technology is the digitalevolution of analog AM/FM radio. Yourradio product has a special receiverwhich allows it to receive digitalbroadcasts (where available) inaddition to the analog broadcasts italready receives. Digital broadcastshave better sound quality than analogbroadcasts as digital broadcastsprovide free, crystal clear audio with nostatic or distortion. For moreinformation, and a guide to availableradio stations and programming, referto www.hdradio.com.
HD Radio Technology manufacturedunder license from iBiquity DigitalCorporation. U.S. and ForeignPatents. HD Radio™ and the HD, HDRadio, and “Arc” logos are proprietarytrademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.
AVAILABLE HD Radio™ TECHNOLOGY
MULTICAST
On the FM radio frequency most digitalstations have “multiple” or supplemen-tal programs on one FM station.
![Page 86: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
86
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Tag” to bookmark the musicinformation.
2 Connect an iPod. (→P.74) Turn on the power of the iPod if it is not
turned on. Once an iPod is connected, the music tag
moves from the radio into the iPod.When the iPod is connected to iTunes, the
“tagged” information of the songs whichwere tagged while listening to the radiocan be viewed. Then a user may decide topurchase the song or CD/Album whichhad been listened to on their radio.
PRESERVING A MUSIC INFORMATION
Tag information in the music broad-casting is preserved in the system canbe transferred to an iPod.
INFORMATION● The tag information can not be pre-
served while scanning or caching theradio station.
● If tagging the music information fails,“Saving the HD Radio tag was unsuc-cessful.” will be displayed on the screen.If this occurs, tag the information again.
● HD Radio™ stations can be preset.● An orange “HD)” logo indicator will be
displayed on the screen when in digital.The “HD)” logo will first appear in a graycolor indicating the station is indeed (ananalog and) a digital station. Once thedigital signal is acquired, the logo willchange to a bright orange color.
● The song title and artist name willappear on the screen when available bythe radio station. The radio station cansend album pictures when available.
● As a user works through the analogradio stations, (where applicable) theradio receiver will automatically tunefrom an analog signal to a digital signalwithin 5 seconds.
![Page 87: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
87
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Experience Cause Action
Mismatch of time align-ment- a user may hear ashort period of program-ming replayed or an echo,stutter or skip.
The radio stations analogand digital volume is notproperly aligned or the sta-tion is in ballgame mode.
None, radio broadcast issue. Auser can contact the radio station.
Sound fades, blending inand out.
Radio is shifting betweenanalog and digital audio.
Reception issue, may clear-up asthe vehicle continues to be driven.Turning the indicator of the “HDRadio™” button off can force radioin an analog audio.
Audio mute condition whenan HD2/HD3 multicastchannel had been playing.
The radio does not haveaccess to digital signals atthe moment.
This is normal behavior, wait untilthe digital signal returns. If out ofthe coverage area, seek a newstation.
Audio mute delay when se-lecting an HD2/HD3 multi-cast channel preset.
The digital multicast con-tent is not available untilHD Radio™ broadcast canbe decoded and make theaudio available. This takesup to 7 seconds.
This is normal behavior, wait forthe audio to become available.
Text information does notmatch the present song au-dio.
Data service issue by theradio broadcaster.
Broadcaster should be notified.Complete the form; www.ibiquity.com/automotive/re-port_radio_station_experiences.
No text information shownfor the present selected fre-quency.
Data service issue by theradio broadcaster.
Broadcaster should be notified.Complete the form; www.ibiquity.com/automotive/re-port_radio_station_experiences.
![Page 88: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
88
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. XM Satellite Radio
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
Select “XM” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
![Page 89: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
89
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
■CONTROL PANEL
PS080IO
![Page 90: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
90
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
No. Function
Select to scroll the page of preset buttons.
Select to display the option screen.• Select to scan for receivable channels.• Select “Additional Information” to display the information.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Select to display a list of receivable channels.
Select to tune to preset channels.
• Press to seek for a channel.• Press and hold for continuous seek.
• Turn to step up/down channels.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
![Page 91: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
91
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
HOW TO SUBSCRIBE TO AN XM Satellite Radio
To listen to a satellite radio broadcastin the vehicle, a subscription to the XMSatellite Radio service is necessary.An XM Satellite Radio is a tuner de-signed exclusively to receive broad-casts provided under a separatesubscription. Availability is limited tothe 48 contiguous U.S. states andsome Canadian provinces.
HOW TO SUBSCRIBE
It is necessary to enter into a separateservice agreement with XM SatelliteRadio in order to receive satellitebroadcast programming in the vehicle.Additional activation and service sub-scription fees apply that are not includ-ed in the purchase price of the vehicleand digital satellite tuner.
For complete information on subscrip-tion rates and terms, or to subscribe toXM Satellite Radio:
U.S.A.Refer to www.siriusxm.com or call 1-877-447-0011.
CanadaRefer to www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-209-0079.
NOTICE
● XM Radio Services ⎯ Legal Disclaimersand Warnings• Fees and Taxes ⎯ Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, andother fees may apply. Subscription feeis consumer only. All fees and pro-gramming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available at www.siriusxm.com. (U.S.A.) or www.xmradio.ca (Canada) XM serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada.Explicit Language Notice ⎯ Channelswith frequent explicit language are indi-cated with an “XL” preceding the chan-nel name. Channel blocking isavailable for XM Satellite Radio receiv-ers by notifying XM at;U.S.A. Customers:Visit www.siriusxm.com or calling 1-877-447-0011Canadian Customers:Visit www.xmradio.ca or calling 1-877-209-0079
![Page 92: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
92
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NOTICE
● It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disas-semble, reverse engineer, hack, manip-ulate, or otherwise make available anytechnology or software incorporated inreceivers compatible with the XMSatellite Radio System or that supportthe XM website, the Online Service orany of its content. Furthermore, theAMBE® voice compression softwareincluded in this product is protected byintellectual property rights including pat-ent rights, copyrights, and trade secretsof Digital Voice Systems, Inc.
● Note: this applies to XM receivers onlyand not XM Ready devices.
INFORMATION● XM Radio Services⎯Descriptions
• Radio and EntertainmentXM offers more than 170 satellite radiochannels of commercial-free musicand premier sports, news, talk, andentertainment. XM is broadcast via sat-ellites to millions of listeners across thecontinental United States. XM sub-scribers listen to XM on satellite radioreceivers for the car, home, and porta-ble use. More information about XM isavailable online at www.siriusxm.com(U.S.A.) or www.xmradio.ca (Canada).
INFORMATION● XM Radio Services⎯Subscription
Instructions• For XM Services requiring a subscrip-
tion (such as XM Radio, and someInfotainment & data services), the fol-lowing paragraph shall be included.Required XM Radio and some Infotain-ment & data services monthly sub-scriptions sold separately after trialperiod. Subscription fee is consumeronly. All fees and programming subjectto change. Subscriptions are subject tothe Customer Agreement available atwww.siriusxm.com. XM service onlyavailable in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates. 2011 Sirius XM Radio Inc.Sirius, XM and all related marks andlogos are trademarks of Sirius XMRadio Inc. All other marks, channelnames and logos are the property oftheir respective owners.For more information, program sched-ules, and to subscribe or extend sub-scription after complimentary trialperiod; more information is availableat:USA Customers:Visit www.siriusxm.com or call 1-877-447-0011
![Page 93: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
93
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3 If “Ch 000” is selected using the“TUNE SCROLL” knob, the ID code,which is 8 alphanumeric characters, willbe displayed. If another channel isselected, the ID code will no longer be dis-played. The channel (000) alternatesbetween displaying the radio ID and thespecific radio code.
1 Tune in the desired channel.
2 Select “(add new)”.
To change the preset channel to a differ-ent one, select and hold the preset station/channel.
3 Select “Yes” on the confirmationscreen.
4 Select “OK” after setting the new pre-set channel.
INFORMATION● XM Satellite Radio is solely responsible
for the quality, availability and content ofthe satellite radio services provided,which are subject to the terms and con-ditions of the XM Satellite Radio cus-tomer service agreement.
● Customers should have their radio IDready; the radio ID can be found by tun-ing to “Ch 000” on the radio. For details,see “DISPLAYING THE RADIO ID”below.
● All fees and programming are theresponsibility of XM Satellite Radio andare subject to change.
SATELLITE TUNER TECHNOLOGY NOTICE
Toyota’s satellite radio tuners areawarded Type Approval Certificatesfrom XM Satellite Radio Inc. as proof ofcompatibility with the services offeredby XM Satellite Radio.
INFORMATION● Satellite tuner
The tuner supports only Audio Services(Music and Talk) and the accompanyingText Information of XM® Satellite Radio.
DISPLAYING THE RADIO ID
Each XM tuner is identified with aunique radio ID. The radio ID is re-quired when activating an XM serviceor when reporting a problem.
PRESETTING A CHANNEL
![Page 94: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
94
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Channel List”.
2 Select the desired program genre.
3 Select the desired channel and select“OK”.
SELECTING A CHANNEL FROM THE LIST
![Page 95: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
95
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
IF THE SATELLITE RADIO TUNER MALFUNCTIONS
When problems occur with the XM tuner, a message will appear on the screen. Re-ferring to the table below to identify the problem, take the suggested corrective ac-tion.
Message Explanation
“Check Antenna”
The XM antenna is not connected. Check whether the XM antennacable is attached securely.
A short circuit occurs in the antenna or the surrounding antenna ca-ble. See a Toyota certified dealer for assistance.
“Ch Unauthorized”
You have not subscribed to XM Satellite Radio. The radio is beingupdated with the latest encryption code. Contact XM Satellite Radiofor subscription information. When a contract is canceled, you canchoose “Ch 000” and all free-to-air channels.
The premium channel you selected is not authorized. Wait for about2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “Ch 001”.If it does not change automatically, select another channel. To listento the premium channel, contact XM Satellite Radio.
“No Signal” The XM signal is too weak at the current location. Wait until your ve-hicle reaches a location with a stronger signal.
“Loading” The unit is acquiring audio or program information. Wait until the unithas received the information.
“Channel Off Air” The channel you selected is not broadcasting any programming. Se-lect another channel.
----- There is no song/program title or artist name/feature associated withthe channel at that time. No action is required.
“Chan Unavailable”The channel you selected is no longer available. Wait for about 2seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “Ch 001”.If it does not change automatically, select another channel.
INFORMATION● Contact the XM Listener Care Center at 1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.) or 1-877-209-0079
(Canada).
![Page 96: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
96
2. RADIO OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. INTERNET RADIO
1 Select the internet radio application.
The internet radio application screen isdisplayed.
Perform operations according to the dis-played application screen.
For the instrument panel operationmethod: →P.72
If a compatible phone is already regis-tered, it will be connected automatically.
LISTENING TO INTERNET RADIO
One of Entune App Suite features isthe ability to listen to internet radio. Inorder to use this service, a compatiblephone and the system need to be setup. For details: →P.269
INFORMATION● Other applications can be activated
while listening to internet radio.● Some parts of applications can be
adjusted using the switches on thesteering wheel.
● For additional information, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ or call 1-800-331-4331.
![Page 97: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
97
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
3. MEDIA OPERATION
1. CD
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
The CD operation screen can be reached by the following methods:
Insert a disc. (→P.73)
Select “CD” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
![Page 98: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
98
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CONTROL PANEL
PS080IO
![Page 99: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
99
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
No. Function
• Displays cover art• Select to display a track/file list.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Select to play/pause.
Shows progress
Select to set repeat playback.
Select to set random playback.
• Audio CD: Select to display a track list.• MP3/WMA/AAC disc: Select to display a folder list.To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
Press to eject a disc.
Disc slot
Press to play/pause.
• Press to select a track/file.• Press and hold to fast forward/rewind.
• Turn to select a track/file.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
INFORMATION● If a disc contains CD-DA files and MP3/WMA/AAC files, only the CD-DA files can be
played back.● If a CD-TEXT disc is inserted, the title of the disc and track will be displayed. Up to 32
characters can be displayed.● If the disc contains no CD-TEXT, only the track number would be displayed on the
screen.
![Page 100: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
100
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select the repeat button to change on/off.
1 Select the random button to changeon/off.
1 Select the repeat button to change on/off.
1 Select the random button to changeon/off.
PLAYING AN AUDIO CD
REPEATING
The track currently being listened tocan be repeated.
RANDOM ORDER
Tracks can be automatically and ran-domly selected.
PLAYING AN MP3/WMA/AAC DISC
REPEATING
The file currently being listened to canbe repeated.
RANDOM ORDER
Files can be automatically and ran-domly selected.
![Page 101: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
101
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
2. USB MEMORY
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
The USB memory operation screen can be reached by the following methods:
Connect a USB memory. (→P.74)
Select “USB (DEVICE NAME)” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
![Page 102: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
102
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CONTROL PANEL
PS080IO
![Page 103: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
103
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
No. Function
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Select to play/pause.
Shows progress
Select to set repeat playback.
Select to set random playback.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
• Displays cover art• Select to display file/track list.
Press to play/pause.
• Press to select a file/track.• Press and hold to fast forward/rewind.
• Turn to select a file/track.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
![Page 104: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
104
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
WARNING
● Do not operate the player’s controls or connect the USB memory while driving.
NOTICE
● Do not leave your portable player in the car. In particular, high temperatures inside thevehicle may damage the portable player.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the portable player while it is con-nected as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the portable player or itsterminal.
INFORMATION● If tag information exists, the file names will be changed to track names.
![Page 105: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
105
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
31 Select the repeat button to change on/
off.
1 Select the random button to changeon/off.
PLAYING A USB AUDIO
REPEATING
The file/track currently being listenedto can be repeated.
RANDOM ORDER
Files/tracks can be automatically andrandomly selected.
![Page 106: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
106
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. iPod
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
The iPod operation screen can be reached by the following methods:
Connect an iPod. (→P.74)
Select “iPod (DEVICE NAME)” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
When the iPod connected to the system includes iPod video, the system can onlyoutput the sound by selecting the browse screen. (→P.110)
![Page 107: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
107
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
■CONTROL PANEL
No. Function
• Displays cover art• Select to display a track list.
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Select to play/pause.
Shows progress
Select to set repeat playback.
Select to set random playback.
Select to display the play mode selection screen.To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
Press to play/pause.
• Press to select a track. • Press and hold to fast forward/rewind.
• Turn to select a track.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
PS080IO
![Page 108: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
108
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
WARNING
● Do not operate the player’s controls or connect the iPod while driving.
NOTICE
● Do not leave your portable player in the car. In particular, high temperatures inside thevehicle may damage the portable player.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the portable player while it is con-nected as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the portable player or itsterminal.
No. Function
![Page 109: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
109
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
INFORMATION● When an iPod is connected using a genuine iPod cable, the iPod starts charging its bat-
tery.● Depending on the iPod, the video sound may not be able to be heard.● Depending on the iPod and the songs in the iPod, iPod cover art may be displayed. This
function can be changed to on/off. (→P.121) It may take time to display iPod cover art,and the iPod may not be operated while the cover art display is in process.
● When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode, the iPod willresume playing from the same point it was last used.
● Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions may not beavailable.
● Files/tracks selected by operating a connected iPod may not be recognized or displayedproperly.
● If an iPhone is connected via Bluetooth® and USB at the same time, system operationmay become unstable.For known phone compatibility information, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
![Page 110: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
110
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select the repeat button to change on/off.
1 Select the shuffle button to change on/off.
iPod AUDIO
REPEATING
The track currently being listened tocan be repeated.
RANDOM ORDER
Tracks can be automatically and ran-domly selected.
iPod VIDEO
To change to iPod video mode, select“Browse” on the iPod audio screen,then select the “Videos” tab and se-lect the desired video file.
The system can only output the iPodvideo sound.
![Page 111: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
111
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
4. Bluetooth® AUDIO
■CONTROL SCREEN
The Bluetooth® audio system enables users to enjoy listening to music that isplayed on a portable player on the vehicle speakers via wireless communication.
This audio system supports Bluetooth®, a wireless data system capable of playing
portable audio music without cables. If your device does not support Bluetooth®,
the Bluetooth® audio system will not function.
OVERVIEW
Select “ Audio” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
Depending on the type of portable player connected, some functions may not beavailable and/or the screen may look differently than shown in this manual.
![Page 112: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
112
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CONTROL PANEL
No. Function
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Displays Bluetooth® device condition.
Select to display the sound settings screen.
Select to play/pause.
Shows progress
Select to set repeat playback.
Select to set random playback.
Select to display the playlist screen.To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
Select to display the portable device connection screen.
• Displays cover art• Select to display a track list.
Press to play/pause.
PS080IO
![Page 113: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
113
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
• Press to select a track.• Press and hold to fast forward/rewind.
• Turn to select a track.• Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the
list screens by pressing it.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
WARNING
● Do not operate the player’s controls or connect to the Bluetooth® audio system while driv-ing.
● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth® antennas. People with implantable cardiac pace-makers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverterdefibrillators should maintain a reasonable distance between themselves and theBluetooth® antennas. The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices.
● Before using Bluetooth® devices, users of any electrical medical device other thanimplantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers orimplantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device forinformation about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves couldhave unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE
● Do not leave your portable player in the vehicle. In particular, high temperatures insidethe vehicle may damage the portable player.
No. Function
![Page 114: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
114
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
INFORMATION
● Depending on the Bluetooth® device that is connected to the system, the music may start
playing when selecting while it is paused. Conversely, the music may pause when
selecting while it is playing.● In the following conditions, the system may not function:
• The Bluetooth® device is turned off.• The Bluetooth® device is not connected.• The Bluetooth® device has a low battery.
● It may take time to connect the phone when Bluetooth® audio is being played.● For operating the portable player, see the instruction manual that comes with it.● If the Bluetooth® device is disconnected due to poor reception from the Bluetooth® net-
work when the power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode, the system automaticallyreconnects the portable player.
● If the system is attempting to connect to a Bluetooth® device and the Bluetooth® device isturned off and then back on, the system will attempt to reconnect.
● Bluetooth® device information is registered when the Bluetooth® device is connected tothe Bluetooth® audio system. When selling or disposing of the vehicle, remove theBluetooth® audio information from the system. (→P.62)
![Page 115: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
115
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3Registering an additional device
1 Select “Select Device” on the
Bluetooth® audio control screen.
2 For more information: →P.50
Selecting a registered device
1 Select “Select Device” on the
Bluetooth® audio control screen.
2 For more information: →P.52
1 Select the repeat button to change on/off.
1 Select the random button to changeon/off.
CONNECTING A Bluetooth® DEVICE
To use the Bluetooth® audio system, it
is necessary to register a Bluetooth®
device with the system.
LISTENING TO Bluetooth® AUDIO
REPEATING
The track currently being listened tocan be repeated.
RANDOM ORDER
Tracks can be automatically and ran-domly selected.
![Page 116: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
116
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
5. AUX
■CONTROL SCREEN
OVERVIEW
Select “AUX” on the “Select Audio Source” screen. (→P.72)
![Page 117: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
117
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
■CONTROL PANEL
No. Function
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the sound setting screen.
Press to turn mute on/off.
• Turn to adjust volume.• Press to turn the audio system on/off.• Press and hold to restart the audio system.
PS080IO
![Page 118: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
118
3. MEDIA OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
WARNING
● Do not connect portable audio device or operate the controls while driving.
NOTICE
● Do not leave portable audio device in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle maybecome high, resulting in damage to the player.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the portable audio device while itis connected as this may damage the portable audio device or its terminal.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the portable audio deviceor its terminal.
![Page 119: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
119
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
4. AUDIO REMOTE CONTROLS
1. STEERING SWITCHES
“MODE” switch
Volume control switch
Some parts of the audio system can be adjusted using the switches on the steeringwheel.
No. Switch
“MODE” switch
Volume control switch
“ ” switch
Mode Operation Function
AM, FM, XM, AUX
Press Change audio modes
Press and hold Mute (Press and hold again to resume the sound.)
Audio CD/MP3/WMA/AAC disc, USB, iPod, BT audio,
APPS
Press Change audio modes
Press and hold Pause (Press and hold again to resume the playmode.)
Mode Operation Function
AllPress Volume up/down
Press and hold Volume up/down continuously
![Page 120: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
120
4. AUDIO REMOTE CONTROLS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
“ ” switch
Mode Operation Function
AM/FM Radio
Press Preset station/channel up/downStation/channel list up/down
Press and hold Fast preset station/channel up/downFast station/channel list up/down
XM
Press Preset channel up/downChannel list up/down
Press and hold Fast preset channel up/downFast channel list up/down
Audio CD, MP3/WMA/AAC disc, USB, iPod, BT
audio
Press Track/file up/downTrack/file list up/down
Press and hold Fast track/file up/downFast track/file list up/down
INFORMATION● In the APPS mode, some operation may be done on the screen depend on the selected
APPS.
![Page 121: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
121
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
5. SETUP
1. AUDIO SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Audio”.
4 Select the items to be set.
Detailed audio settings can be pro-grammed.
PS081IO
AUDIO SETTINGS SCREEN
![Page 122: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
122
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
*: If equipped
1 Display the “Audio Settings” screen.(→P.121)
2 Select “Number of Radio Presets”.
3 Select the button with the desired num-ber to be displayed.
No. Function Page
Select to change the num-ber of preset radio sta-tions/channels displayedon the screen.
122
Select to set cover art set-tings on/off.
⎯
Select to set automaticsound levelizer.
74
*Select to create a feelingof presence.
74
Select to enable cache ra-dio.
⎯
Select to reset all setupitems.
⎯
SETTING THE NUMBER OF RADIO PRESETS
![Page 123: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
123
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
1. OPERATING INFORMATION
Fading and drifting stations: Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 25 miles (40km). Once outside this range, you may no-tice fading and drifting, which increase withthe distance from the radio transmitter.They are often accompanied by distortion.Multi-path: FM signals are reflective, mak-ing it possible for 2 signals to reach the ve-hicle’s antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each otherout, causing a momentary flutter or loss ofreception.Static and fluttering: These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.Station swapping: If the FM signal beinglistened to is interrupted or weakened, andthere is another strong station nearby onthe FM band, the radio may tune in thesecond station until the original signal canbe picked up again.
NOTICE
● To avoid damage to the audio system:• Be careful not to spill beverages over
the audio system.• Do not put anything other than an
appropriate disc into the disc slot.
INFORMATION● The use of a cellular phone inside or
near the vehicle may cause a noise fromthe speakers of the audio system whichyou are listening to. However, this doesnot indicate a malfunction.
RADIO
Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withthe radio — it is just the normal resultof conditions outside the vehicle.For example, nearby buildings and ter-rain can interfere with FM reception.Power lines or phone wires can inter-fere with AM signals. And of course, ra-dio signals have a limited range. Thefarther the vehicle is from a station, theweaker its signal will be. In addition, re-ception conditions change constantlyas the vehicle moves.Here, some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate aproblem with the radio are described.
FM
![Page 124: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
124
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Fading: AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere — especially atnight. These reflected signals can interferewith those received directly from the radiostation, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.
Station interference: When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from a ra-dio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.
Static: AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening or electricalmotors. This results in static.
Cargo loaded on the roof luggage carrier,especially metal objects, may adverselyaffect the reception of XM Satellite Radio.
Alternation or modifications carried outwithout appropriate authorization mayinvalidate the user’s right to operate theequipment.
This CD player is intended for use with 4.7in. (12 cm). discs only.
Extremely high temperatures can keep theCD player from working. On hot days, usethe air conditioning system to cool theinside of the vehicle before using theplayer.
Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake the CD player skip.
If moisture gets into the CD player, thediscs may not be able to be played.Remove the discs from the player andwait until it dries.
Use only discs marked as shown above.The following products may not be play-able on your player:• SACD• dts CD• Copy-protected CD• Video CD
AM
XM
CD PLAYER AND DISC
WARNING
● CD players use an invisible laser beamwhich could cause hazardous laser radi-ation exposure if directed outside theunit. Be sure to operate the player cor-rectly.
Audio CDs
![Page 125: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
125
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SYSTEM
3
Special shaped discs
Transparent/translucent discs
Low quality discs
Labeled discs
Handle discs carefully, especially wheninserting them. Hold them on the edgeand do not bend them. Avoid getting fin-gerprints on them, particularly on the shinyside.
Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes or otherdisc damage could cause the player toskip or to repeat a section of a track. (Tosee a pin hole, hold the disc up to thelight.)
NOTICE
● Do not use special shaped, transparent/translucent, low quality or labeled discssuch as those shown in the illustrations.The use of such discs may damage theplayer, or it may be impossible to ejectthe disc.
● This system is not designed for use ofDual Discs. Do not use Dual Discsbecause they may cause damage to theplayer.
● Do not use discs with a protection ring.The use of such discs may damage theplayer, or it may be impossible to ejectthe disc.
● Do not use printable discs. The use ofsuch discs may damage the player, or itmay be impossible to eject the disc.
Correct Wrong
![Page 126: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
126
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Remove discs from the players when notin use. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat and direct sun-light.
To clean a disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint-free cloth that has been dampened withwater. Wipe in a straight line from the cen-ter to the edge of the disc (not in circles).Dry it with another soft, lint-free cloth. Donot use a conventional record cleaner oranti-static device.
CD-R/CD-RW discs that have not beensubject to the “finalizing process” (a pro-cess that allows discs to be played on aconventional CD player) cannot beplayed.
It may not be possible to play CD-R/CD-RW discs recorded on a music CDrecorder or a personal computer becauseof disc characteristics, scratches or dirt onthe disc, or dirt, condensation, etc. on thelens of the unit.
It may not be possible to play discsrecorded on a personal computer depend-ing on the application settings and theenvironment. Record with the correct for-mat. (For details, contact the appropriateapplication manufacturers of the applica-tions.)
CD-R/CD-RW discs may be damaged bydirect exposure to sunlight, high tempera-tures or other storage conditions. The unitmay be unable to play some damageddiscs.
If you insert a CD-RW disc into the player,playback will begin more slowly than witha conventional CD or CD-R disc.
Recordings on CD-R/CD-RW cannot beplayed using the DDCD (Double DensityCD) system.
“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone”mean that an electronic accessory hasbeen designed to connect specifically toiPod or iPhone respectively, and has beencertified by the developer to meet Appleperformance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the operationof this device or its compliance with safetyand regulatory standards. Please notethat the use of this accessory with iPod oriPhone may affect wireless performance.
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, andiPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and other countries.Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
CD-R/RW DISCS
iPod
![Page 127: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
127
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
The following iPod®, iPod nano®, iPod
classic®, iPod touch® and iPhone® devic-es can be used with this system.
Made for• iPod touch (5th generation)*• iPod touch (4th generation)• iPod touch (3rd generation)• iPod touch (2nd generation)• iPod touch (1st generation)• iPod classic• iPod with video• iPod nano (7th generation)*• iPod nano (6th generation)*• iPod nano (5th generation)• iPod nano (4th generation)• iPod nano (3rd generation)• iPhone 6 Plus*• iPhone 6*• iPhone 5s*• iPhone 5c*• iPhone 5*• iPhone 4S• iPhone 4• iPhone 3GS• iPhone 3G• iPhone
*: iPod video not supported
Depending on differences between mod-els or software versions etc., some modelsmight be incompatible with this system.
■COMPATIBLE USB DEVICES
■COMPATIBLE COMPRESSEDFILES
COMPATIBLE MODELS FILE INFORMATION
USB communicationformats
USB 2.0 HS (480Mbps) and FS(12 Mbps)
File formats FAT 16/32
Correspondence classMass storageclass
Item USB/iPod DISC
Compatiblefile format
MP3/WMA/AAC
Folders in thedevice
Maximum 3000
Maxi-mum192
Files in thedevice
Maximum 9999
Maxi-mum255
Files per folder
Maximum 255
⎯
![Page 128: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
128
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CORRESPONDING SAMPLINGFREQUENCY
■CORRESPONDING BIT RATES
(Variable Bit Rate (VBR) compatible)
MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3), WMA(Windows Media Audio) and AAC(Advanced Audio Coding) are audio com-pression standards.
This system can play MP3/WMA/AAC fileson CD-R, CD-RW discs and USB memory.
This system can play disc recordings com-patible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level 2and with the Romeo and Joliet file system.
When naming an MP3/WMA/AAC file, addan appropriate file extension (.mp3/.wma/.m4a).
This system plays back files with .mp3/.wma/.m4a file extensions as MP3/WMA/AAC files respectively. To prevent noiseand playback errors, use the appropriatefile extension.
This system can play only the first sessionwhen using multi-session compatible CDs.
MP3 files are compatible with the ID3 TagVer. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2 and Ver. 2.3 for-mats. This system cannot display disctitle, track title and artist name in other for-mats.
WMA/AAC files can contain a WMA/AACtag that is used in the same way as an ID3tag. WMA/AAC tags carry informationsuch as track title and artist name.
The emphasis function is available onlywhen playing MP3/WMA files recorded at32, 44.1 and 48 kHz.
This system can play back AAC filesencoded by iTunes.
The sound quality of MP3/WMA files gen-erally improves with higher bit rates. Inorder to achieve a reasonable level ofsound quality, discs recorded with a bitrate of at least 128 kbps are recom-mended.
File type Frequency (kHz)
MP3 files: MPEG 1 LAYER 3
32/44.1/48
MP3 files: MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
16/22.05/24
WMA files: Ver. 7, 8, 9 (9.1/9.2)
32/44.1/48
AAC files: MPEG4/AAC-LC
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
File type Bit rate (kbps)
MP3 files:MPEG 1 LAYER 3
32 - 320
MP3 files:MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
8 - 160
WMA files: Ver. 7, 8 CBR 48 - 192
WMA files:Ver. 9 (9.1/9.2)
CBR 48 - 320
AAC files:MPEG4/AAC-LC
16 - 320
![Page 129: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
129
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
The MP3/WMA player does not play backMP3/WMA files from discs recorded usingpacket write data transfer (UDF format).Discs should be recorded using “pre-mas-tering” software rather than packet-writesoftware.
M3u playlists are not compatible with theaudio player.
MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PRO for-mats are not compatible with the audioplayer.
The player is compatible with VBR (Vari-able Bit Rate).
When playing back files recorded as VBR(Variable Bit Rate) files, the play time willnot be correctly displayed if the fast for-ward or reverse operations are used.
It is not possible to check folders that donot include MP3/WMA/AAC files.
MP3/WMA/AAC files in folders up to 8 lev-els deep can be played. However, thestart of playback may be delayed whenusing discs containing numerous levels offolders. For this reason, we recommendcreating discs with no more than 2 levelsof folders.
The play order of the compact disc withthe structure shown above is as follows:
The order changes depending on the per-sonal computer and MP3/WMA/AACencoding software you use.
001.mp3 002.wma
Folder 1003.mp3Folder 2004.mp3005.wma
Folder 3006.m4a
001.mp3 002.wma . . . 006.m4a
![Page 130: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
130
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
This is a general term that describes theprocess of writing data on-demand to CD-R, etc., in the same way that data is writ-ten to floppy or hard discs.
This is a method of embedding track-related information in an MP3 file. Thisembedded information can include thetrack number, track title, the artist’s name,the album title, the music genre, the yearof production, comments, cover art andother data. The contents can be freelyedited using software with ID3 tag editingfunctions. Although the tags are restrictedto a number of characters, the informationcan be viewed when the track is playedback.
WMA files can contain a WMA tag that isused in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMAtags carry information such as track titleand artist name.
This is the international standard for theformatting of CD-ROM folders and files.For the ISO 9660 format, there are 2 lev-els of regulations.
Level 1: The file name is in 8.3 format (8character file names, with a 3 characterfile extension. File names must be com-posed of one-byte capital letters and num-bers. The “_” symbol may also beincluded.)
Level 2: The file name can have up to 31characters (including the separation mark“.” and file extension). Each folder mustcontain fewer than 8 hierarchies.
MP3 is an audio compression standarddetermined by a working group (MPEG) ofthe ISO (International Standard Organiza-tion). MP3 compresses audio data toabout 1/10 the size of that on conventionaldiscs.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audiocompression format developed byMicrosoft®. It compresses files into a sizesmaller than that of MP3 files. The decod-ing formats for WMA files are Ver. 7, 8 and9.
This product is protected by certain intel-lectual property rights of Microsoft Corpo-ration and third parties. Use or distributionof such technology outside of this productis prohibited without a license from Micro-soft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiaryand third parties.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Codingand refers to an audio compression tech-nology standard used with MPEG2 andMPEG4.
TERMS
PACKET WRITE
ID3 TAG
WMA TAG
ISO 9660 FORMAT
MP3
WMA
AAC
![Page 131: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
131
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
AU
DIO
SY
ST
EM
3
ERROR MESSAGES
Mode Message Explanation
CD
“No music files found.”This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files areincluded in the disc.
“Check disc”
It indicates that the disc is dirty, damaged, or itwas inserted upside down. Clean the disc or in-sert it correctly.It indicates a disc which is not playable is insert-ed.
“DISC Error”There is a trouble inside the system.Eject the disc.
USB
“Connection error. Pleaseconsult your Owner’sManual for instructions onhow to connect the USBdevice.”
This indicates a problem in the USB memory orits connection.
“There are no files avail-able for playback. Pleaseadd compatible files toyour USB device.”
This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files areincluded in the USB memory.
iPod
“Connection error. Pleaseconsult your Owner’sManual for instructions onhow to connect the iPod.”
This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con-nection.
“There are no songs avail-able for playback. Pleaseadd compatible files toyour iPod.”
This indicates that there is no music data in theiPod.
“Please check the iPodfirmware version.”
This indicates that the software version is notcompatible. Perform the iPod firmware updatesand try again.
“iPod authorization unsuc-cessful.”
This indicates that it failed to authorize the iPod.Please check your iPod.
![Page 132: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
132
6. TIPS FOR OPERATING THE AUDIO SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
INFORMATION● If the malfunction is not rectified: Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
![Page 133: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
4
133
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM...... 134
USING THE VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM............................................ 134
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION ..................................... 135
2. CASUAL SPEECH RECOGNIZATION..................... 141
3. COMMAND LIST ......................... 142
1. MOBILE ASSISTANT.................. 144
1VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
2MOBILE ASSISTANT OPERATION
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
![Page 134: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
134
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
Talk switch
Press the talk switch to start the voicecommand system.
To cancel voice recognition, press andhold the talk switch.
Type A
Type B
It is unnecessary to speak directly into themicrophone when giving a command.
The voice command system enablesthe audio, hands-free systems, etc. tobe operated using voice commands.
Refer to the command list for samplesof voice commands. (→P.142)
USING THE VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
STEERING SWITCH
PS095IO
MICROPHONE
PS096IO
PS097IO
![Page 135: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
135
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VOIC
E CO
MM
AN
D SYSTEM
4
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Select “OK”.
3 Say the tab selection command or se-lect the desired tab.
Commands related with each function aredisplayed on the screen of the each func-tion tab. Some commonly used com-mands are displayed on the screen of thefunction tab.
INFORMATION● The voice command system can be
operated while guidance is being spo-ken, when “Voice Prompt Interrupt”(→P.63) is set to on. (It is not necessaryto wait for the confirmation beep beforespeaking a command.)
● Voice commands may not be recognizedif:• Spoken too quickly.• Spoken at a low or high volume.• The roof or windows are open.• Passengers are talking while voice
commands are spoken.• The air conditioning speed is set high.• The air conditioning vents are turned
towards the microphone.● In the following conditions, the system
may not recognize the command prop-erly and using voice commands may notbe possible:• The command is incorrect or unclear.
Note that certain words, accents orspeech patterns may be difficult for thesystem to recognize.
• There is excessive background noise,such as wind noise.
● The ability to dial a contact using voicecommands may take some time after thepower switch is in ACCESSORY or ONmode, especially when the phone hasmany contacts.
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
The voice command system is operat-ed by selecting a tab corresponding toeach function. The tabs are found onthe upper part of the screen.
To train voice recognition and to displaythe tutorial. (→P.136)
To prevent the screen from being dis-played again, select “Do Not Tell MeAgain”.
![Page 136: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
136
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
4 Say the command displayed on thescreen.
Registered POIs, registered names in thecontacts list etc., can be said in the placeof the “<>” next to the commands.(→P.142)For example: Say “Find nearby dining”,“Call John smith” etc.
If a desired outcome is not shown, or if noselections are available, perform one ofthe following to return to the previousscreen:• Say “Go back”.• Select “Go Back”.
To cancel voice recognition, select “Can-cel”, or press and hold the talk switch.
■DISPLAYING THE “Voice Settings”SCREENS
Selecting “Voice Settings” can be dis-played the “Voice Settings” screen.(→P.63)
■DISPLAYING THE TRAIN VOICERECOGNITION AND TUTORIALSCREENS
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Select the desired item to be set.
Selecting “Help” or saying “Help”prompts voice guidance to offer exam-ples of commands and operation meth-ods.
INFORMATION● If the system does not respond or the
confirmation screen does not disappear,press the talk switch and try again.
● “Voice Recognition Prompts” can be seton the “Voice Settings” screen. (→P.63)
● Some voice guidance can be canceledby setting voice prompts to off. Use thissetting when it is desirable to say a com-mand immediately after pressing the talkswitch and hearing a beep.
No. Function
Select to train voice recognition.
Select to display the voice recogni-tion tutorial.
![Page 137: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
137
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VO
ICE
CO
MM
AN
D S
YS
TE
M
4
■INCREASING THE VOICE RECOG-NITION PERFORMANCE
In order to improve voice recognitionperformance, select “Train Voice Rec-ognition” on the “Voice Settings” screen.(→P.63) When “Train Voice Recognition” is se-lected, the user will be asked to say 10sample phrases. This will help the voicecommand system adapt to the user’s ac-cent.
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Say “Launch <application name>”.
Entune App Suite application screen isdisplayed.
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Say “Enter an address”.
3 Say “<house number, street name,city name, State>” continuously.
A confirmation screen will be displayedshowing the recognition results. If multiplematching items are found, a selectionscreen will be displayed. Say “<num-ber>” or select the number.
Some areas cannot be recognized by thevoice recognition system.
4 Say “Go directly”.
After this, follow the voice guidance andsearch for a destination route by voicecommand operation.
VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLE: LAUNCH Entune App Suite APPLICATION
VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLE: PERFORMING A DESTINATION SEARCH BY ADDRESS (ENGLISH ONLY)
For information regarding the state/province setting to perform a destinationsearch by address: →P.213
![Page 138: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
138
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Say “Play song <name>”. A confirmation screen will be displayed
showing the recognition results. If multiplematching items are found, a selectionscreen will be displayed. Say “<num-ber>” or select the number.
The system starts playing music and thesong lists are displayed.
INFORMATION● The voice command recognition is
designed to recognize the main body ofthe official street name.
For example: if the official street name is“East Main Street”, the voice commandrecognition will recognize “Main”.● Say the desired number, cardinal direc-
tion etc. in the place of the “<>”.For example: Say “West 555”.● Inputting the house number can be
skipped.● Even if the state set using voice recogni-
tion is different from the set state in the“Address” screen (which was set when adestination was set manually), the setstate in the “Address” screen will notchange. (→P.214)
● The house number voice recognitionconditions are outlined below:• Numerals: 10 digits or less• Numerals and cardinal direction or a
hyphen and numerals: A total of 9digits or less (Do not say “and”.)
• Cardinal direction or a hyphen andnumerals: A total of 9 digits or less(Do not say “and”.)
• Numerals are recognized as singledigits only.
• The cardinal direction and hyphensare only recognized once.
• The following cardinal directions canbe recognized: North, East, West andSouth.
VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLE: SEARCH FOR A SONG*
INFORMATION● The Gracenote database is only com-
patible with the USB or iPod mode. ● A USB memory or iPod must be con-
nected to enable track searching andplayback. (→P.101, 106)
● When a USB memory or iPod is con-nected, recognition data is created sotracks can be searched using voicecommands.
● Recognition data is updated under thefollowing conditions:• When the USB memory or iPod data
has changed.• When the voice recognition language
is changed. (→P.57)● While the recognition data is being cre-
ated or being updated, a track searchcannot be performed using a voice com-mand.
*: Only for external music device
![Page 139: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
139
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VOIC
E CO
MM
AN
D SYSTEM
4
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Say “Call <contacts> <phonetypes>”.
A confirmation screen will be displayedshowing the recognition results. If multiplematching items are found, a selectionscreen will be displayed. Say “<num-ber>” or select the number.
VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLE: CALL NAME
INFORMATION● In the same manner as it is displayed on
the screen, “Call <contacts> <phonetypes>”, after saying “Call a contact”say the name, or the name and type ofphone, of a contact.For example: “Call a contact”, “JohnSmith” or “Call a contact”, “MaryDavis”, “Mobile”
● There are 4 types of phones: Home,Mobile, Work and Other.
● Short or abbreviated names in the con-tacts list may not be recognized. Changenames in the contacts list to full names.
● Sometimes a voice recognition resultconfirmation screen will be displayed.After confirming the result, say “Yes” or“No”.
● When the system recognizes multiplenames from the contacts list, a namecandidate list will be displayed on thescreen. If the desired name is not dis-played on the top of the screen, say orselect the number of the name from thecandidate list (number 1, number 2, etc.)to select a name from the candidate list.
● When a contact has multiple phonenumbers registered in the contacts list, acandidate list will be displayed. If thedesired phone number is not displayedon the top of the screen, say or selectthe number of the desired phone num-ber from the candidate list (number 1,number 2, etc.) to select a phone num-ber from the candidate list.
![Page 140: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
140
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Press the talk switch.
2 Say the phone number.
In the same manner as it is displayed onthe screen, “Dial <number>”, after saying“Dial a number” say the phone number.
Say the phone number one digit at a time.For example, if the phone number is2345678:Say “two three four five six seveneight”Do not say “twenty three forty five sixtyseven eight”
Calling to the following phone numbers• 3 digit numbers (911, 411, 611)• 7 digit numbers (Local phone numbers)• 10 digit numbers (Area code + Local
phone number)• 11 digit phone numbers (1 + Area code +
Local phone number) As the system cannot recognize additional
numbers, say the complete number with-out stopping.
Calling to other phone numbers
3 Say “Call” or press the switch on
the steering wheel.
VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLE: DIAL NUMBER
When the system recognizes multiplephone numbers, a phone number candi-date list will be displayed on the screen.
Pressing the switch on the steer-ing wheel makes a call to the top entryon the list. If the desired phone numberis not displayed on the top of the screen,say the number of the desired phonenumber from the candidate list to selecta phone number from the candidate list.
![Page 141: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
141
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VOIC
E CO
MM
AN
D SYSTEM
4
2. CASUAL SPEECH RECOGNIZATION
*: Only for external music device
Due to natural language speech recog-nition technology, this system enablesrecognition of a command when spo-ken naturally. However, the systemcannot recognize every variation ofeach command. In some situations, itis possible to omit the command for theprocedure and directly state the de-sired operation. Not all voice com-mands are displayed in the functionmenu.
INFORMATION● If the command cannot be recognized
completely, the command input screenwill be displayed. (Search results will beshown based on the part of the com-mand that was recognized.)
EXPRESSION EXAMPLES FOR EACH FUNCTION
Command Expression examples
“Go Home” Navigate to my house.Take me home.
“Enter an Address”
I need directions to anaddress.Give me a street.
“Find Nearby <POI category>”
Search for a <Restau-rants> around here.Find a <Restaurants>nearby.
“Call <name><type>”
Get me <RobertBrown>.Call <contacts> <pho-netypes>.
“Dial <number>” Call <911>.
“Play Artist <name>”*
Play the artist <name>.I want to hear the band<name>.
“Play Album <name>”*
Play album <name>.Play album <albums>.
![Page 142: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
142
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. COMMAND LIST
Frequently used commands are listed in the following tables. For devices that are not installed in the vehicle, the related commands will not be dis-
played in the screen. Also, according to conditions, other commands may not be dis-played in the screen.
The functions available may vary according to the system installed.
Basic
Apps
When the voice recognition language is set to English.
Navigation
Recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown below.
Voice recognition language can be changed. (→P.57)
Command Action
“Help with <function name*>”Prompts voice guidance to offer examples of commandsor operation methods
“Go Back” Returns to the previous screen
“Number one/two/three/four/five” Selects the number on the list screen
“Next Page” Displays the next page
“Previous Page” Displays the previous page
“Go to <tab>” Displays the command list of the selected tab
*: For example; “Music”, “Phone”, etc.
Command Action
“Launch <apps>” Activates the Entune App Suite application
Command Action
“Find Nearby <POI category>”Displays a list of <POI category*> near the current posi-tion
“Enter an Address” Enables setting a destination by saying the address
“Go Home” Displays the route to home
“Cancel Route” Stops the route guidance
“Web search” Performs web search of POIs
*: For example; “Gas stations”, “Restaurants”, etc.
![Page 143: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
143
1. VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VO
ICE
CO
MM
AN
D S
YS
TE
M
4
Phone
Audio*
Information*
Command Action
“Redial”Places a call to the phone number of the latest outgoingcall
“Call Back” Places a call to the phone number of latest incoming call
“Show Recent Calls” Displays the call history screen
“Dial <phone number>” Places a call to the said phone number
“Call <contacts> <phonetypes>”Place a call to the said phone type of the contact from thephone book
Command Action
“Play Playlist <name>” Plays tracks from the selected playlist
“Play Artist <name>” Plays tracks from the selected artist
“Play Song <name>” Plays the selected track
“Play Album <name>” Plays tracks from the selected album
*: Only for external music device
Command Action
“Show Forecast” Displays weather information
“Show Traffic” Displays traffic information
*: Available models and available country and areas (→P.148)
![Page 144: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
144
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. MOBILE ASSISTANT OPERATION
1. MOBILE ASSISTANT
1 Press and hold this switch until youhear the beeps.
2 The Mobile Assistant can be used onlywhen the following screen is displayed.
To cancel the Mobile Assistant: Select“Cancel”, press the on the steering
wheel, or press and hold the on thesteering wheel.
To restart the Mobile Assistant for addi-tional commands, press the on thesteering wheel.• Mobile Assistant can only be restarted
after the system responds to a voicecommand.
• After some phone and music com-mands, the Mobile Assistant feature willautomatically end to complete therequested action.
The Mobile Assistant feature willactivate Apple’s Siri® Eyes Free modevia the steering wheel switches. Tooperate the Mobile Assistant, acompatible cellular phone must beregistered and connected to thissystem via Bluetooth®. (→P.44)
PS098IO
The volume of the Mobile Assistant canbe adjusted using the “PWR·VOL”knob or steering wheel volume controlswitches. The Mobile Assistant andphone call volumes are synchronized.
INFORMATION● The available features and functions
may vary based on the iOS versioninstalled on the connected device.
● Some Siri® features are limited in EyesFree mode. If you attempt to use anunavailable function, Siri® will informyou that the function is not available.
● If Siri® is not enabled on the cellularphone connected via Bluetooth®, anerror message will be displayed on thescreen.
● While a phone call is active, the MobileAssistant cannot be used.
● If using the navigation feature of the cel-lular phone, ensure the active audiosource is Bluetooth® audio or iPod inorder to hear turn by turn directionprompts.
![Page 145: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
145
2. MOBILE ASSISTANT OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
VOIC
E CO
MM
AN
D SYSTEM
4
MICROPHONE
It is not necessary to speak directly intothe microphone when using the MobileAssistant. (Microphone location:→P.134)
INFORMATION● Wait for the listening beeps before using
the Mobile Assistant.● The Mobile Assistant may not recognize
commands in the following situations:• Spoken too quickly.• Spoken at a low or high volume.• The roof or windows are open.• Passengers are talking while the
Mobile Assistant is being used.• The air conditioning speed is set high.• The air conditioning vents are turned
toward the microphone.
![Page 146: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
146
2. MOBILE ASSISTANT OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 147: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
5
147
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. RECEIVING WEATHER INFORMATION ......................... 148
DISPLAYING WEATHER INFORMATION ................................. 148
2. DATA SERVICES SETTINGS..... 150
SETTING DOWNLOAD METHODS .... 150
1 USEFUL INFORMATION
INFORMATION
![Page 148: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
148
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. USEFUL INFORMATION
1. RECEIVING WEATHER INFORMATION
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Weather”.
3 Check that the “Weather” screen is dis-played.
Weather information can be receivedvia the HD Radio or by the Entune AppSuite application on a Bluetooth®
phone. For details about the EntuneApp Suite application: →P.267
DISPLAYING WEATHER INFORMATION
PS081IO
No. Function
Select to display the weather of thecurrent location. (→P.149)
Select to display the weather of adesired location in the recentlychecked locations list.
Select to display the weather of adesired location in the national citieslist.
Select to display the weather of adesired location in the other local cit-ies list.
Select to display weather informa-tion over the map.
INFORMATION● Weather information is available in the
48 states, D.C. and Alaska of the UnitedStates.
● The weather for current location mightnot show the closest city when it first dis-plays.
![Page 149: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
149
1. USEFUL INFORMATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
INFO
RM
ATIO
N
5
1 Display the “Weather” screen.(→P.148)
2 Select “Current Weather”.
3 Select the desired tab to be displayed.
DISPLAYING THE WEATHER OF THE CURRENT LOCATION
INFORMATION● If weather is set to the home screen, the
weather screen of the current locationwill be displayed.
![Page 150: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
150
1. USEFUL INFORMATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. DATA SERVICES SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “HD Data”.
4 Select the desired item to be set.
Select a checkbox on the right to set.
SETTING DOWNLOAD METHODS
Data service information, which iscomprised of traffic information andweather information, can be receivedvia the HD Radio and by the EntuneApp Suite application on a Bluetooth®
phone. The receiving method can beset to both or only via the HD Radio.For details about the Entune App Suiteapplication: →P.267
PS081IO
No. Function
Select to receive data service infor-mation via both the HD Radio andthe Entune App Suite application ona Bluetooth® phone. When bothmethods are available, the HD Ra-dio will be selected.
Select to receive data only via theHD Radio.
INFORMATION● These settings are available in the 48
states, D.C. and Alaska of the UnitedStates.
![Page 151: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
6
151
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. QUICK REFERENCE................... 152
2. SOME BASICS ............................ 153
REGISTERING/CONNECTING A Bluetooth® PHONE........................... 153
USING THE PHONE SWITCH/MICROPHONE .................. 154
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM.............. 155
ABOUT THE CONTACTS IN THE CONTACT LIST ................................ 156
WHEN SELLING OR DISPOSING OF THE VEHICLE............................. 156
3. CALLING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE....................................... 157
BY FAVORITES LIST.......................... 158
BY CALL HISTORY............................. 158
BY CONTACTS LIST .......................... 159
BY DIAL PAD ...................................... 161
BY OFF HOOK SWITCH..................... 161
BY “Home” SCREEN........................... 162
4. RECEIVING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE .................. 163
INCOMING CALLS .............................. 163
5. TALKING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE...................................... 164
INCOMING CALL WAITING ................ 166
6. Bluetooth® PHONE MESSAGE FUNCTION ................................ 167
MESSAGE INBOX SCREEN ............... 167
RECEIVING A MESSAGE ................... 168
CHECKING MESSAGES..................... 169
REPLYING TO A MESSAGE (QUICK REPLY)................................ 170
CALLING THE MESSAGE SENDER ........................................... 171
1. PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS................................. 172
PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS SCREEN ........................................... 172
“Sound Settings” SCREEN .................. 173
“Contact/Call History Settings” SCREEN ........................................... 174
“Messaging Settings” SCREEN ........... 182
“Phone Display Settings” SCREEN ..... 184
1. TROUBLESHOOTING ................ 185
1PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
2 SETUP
3 WHAT TO DO IF...
PHONE
![Page 152: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
152
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
1. QUICK REFERENCE
The phone top screen can be used to make a phone call. To display the hands-freeoperation screen, press the “APPS” button and select “Phone”, the switchon the steering wheel or switch on the control panel.
Several functions are available to operate on each screen that is displayed by se-lecting the 4 tabs.
Function Page
Phone operation
Registering/connecting Bluetooth® phone 44
Calling on the Bluetooth® phone 157
Receiving on the Bluetooth® phone 163
Talking on the Bluetooth® phone 164
Message function Using the Bluetooth® phone message function 167
Setting up a phonePhone settings 172
Bluetooth® settings 49
![Page 153: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
153
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
2. SOME BASICS
The hands-free system enables callsto be made and received without hav-ing to take your hands off the steeringwheel.This system supports Bluetooth®.Bluetooth® is a wireless data systemthat enables cellular phones to be usedwithout being connected by a cable orplaced in a cradle.The operating procedure of the phoneis explained here.
WARNING
● While driving, do not use a cellularphone or connect the Bluetooth® phone.
● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth®
antennas. People with implantable car-diac pacemakers, cardiac resynchroni-zation therapy-pacemakers orimplantable cardioverter defibrillatorsshould maintain a reasonable distancebetween themselves and the Bluetooth®
antennas. The radio waves may affectthe operation of such devices.
● Before using Bluetooth® devices, usersof any electrical medical device otherthan implantable cardiac pacemakers,cardiac resynchronization therapy-pace-makers or implantable cardioverterdefibrillators should consult the manu-facturer of the device for informationabout its operation under the influenceof radio waves. Radio waves could haveunexpected effects on the operation ofsuch medical devices.
NOTICE
● Do not leave your cellular phone in thevehicle. The temperature inside may riseto a level that could damage the phone.
INFORMATION● If your cellular phone does not support
Bluetooth®, this system cannot function.● In the following conditions, the system
may not function:• The cellular phone is turned off.• The current position is outside the
communication area.• The cellular phone is not connected.• The cellular phone has a low battery.
● When using Bluetooth® audio andhands-free at the same time, the follow-ing problems may occur:• The Bluetooth® connection may be
cut.• Noise may be heard on the Bluetooth®
audio playback.
REGISTERING/CONNECTING A Bluetooth® PHONE
To use the hands-free system for cellu-lar phones, it is necessary to register acellular phone with the system.(→P.44)
Bluetooth® PHONE CONDITION DISPLAY
The condition of the Bluetooth® phoneappears on the upper right side of thescreen. (→P.18)
![Page 154: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
154
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Steering switch
Volume control switches
Press the “+” side to increase the volume. Press the “-” side to decrease the vol-
ume.
On hook switch
Off hook switch
Microphone
Type A
Type B
USING THE PHONE SWITCH/MICROPHONE
By pressing the phone switch, a callcan be received or ended without tak-ing your hands off the steering wheel.
The microphone is used when talkingon the phone.
PS096IO
PS097IO
![Page 155: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
155
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
VOICE COMMAND SYSTEM
Press this switch to operate the voicecommand system.
The voice command system and its listof commands can be operated.(→P.134)
PS094IO
INFORMATION● The other party’s voice will be heard
from the front speakers. The audio sys-tem will be muted during phone calls orwhen hands-free voice commands areused.
● Talk alternately with the other party onthe phone. If both parties speak at thesame time, the other party may not hearwhat has been said. (This is not a mal-function.)
● Keep call volume down. Otherwise, theother party’s voice may be audible out-side the vehicle and voice echo mayincrease. When talking on the phone,speak clearly towards the microphone.
● The other party may not hear you clearlywhen:• Driving on an unpaved road. (Making
excessive traffic noise.)• Driving at high speeds.• The roof or windows are open.• The air conditioning vents are pointed
towards the microphone.• The sound of the air conditioning fan is
loud.• There is a negative effect on sound
quality due to the phone and/or net-work being used.
![Page 156: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
156
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
The following data is stored for every reg-istered phone. When another phone isconnected, the following registered data ofthe previously connected phone cannot beread:• Contact data• Call history data• Favorites data• Image data• All phone settings• Message settings
The following data in the system can beinitialized:• Contact data• Call history data• Favorites data• Image data• All phone settings• Message settings
ABOUT THE CONTACTS IN THE CONTACT LIST
INFORMATION● When a phone’s registration is deleted,
the above-mentioned data is alsodeleted.
WHEN SELLING OR DISPOSING OF THE VEHICLE
A lot of personal data is registeredwhen the hands-free system is used.When selling or disposing of the vehi-cle, initialize the data. (→P.62)
INFORMATION● Once initialized, the data and settings
will be erased. Pay careful attentionwhen initializing the data.
![Page 157: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
157
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
3. CALLING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Phone”.
3 Select the desired tab to call from.
The phone top screen can be displayed by
pressing the switch on the steering
wheel or switch on the instrumentpanel.
After a Bluetooth® phone has beenregistered, a call can be made usingthe hands-free system. There are sev-eral methods by which a call can bemade, as described below.
PS081IO
How to make a call list Page
By favorites list 158
By call history 158
By contacts list* 159
By dial pad* 161
By e-mail/SMS/MMS 171
By POI call* 205
By off hook switch 161
By Entune App Suite* 274
By voice command system 139
By “Home” screen 162
*: The operation cannot be performed whiledriving.
![Page 158: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
158
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Favorites” tab and selectthe desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Call History” tab and se-
lect or the desired contact.
The icons of call type are displayed.
: Missed call
: Incoming call
: Outgoing call
When is selected
3 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
When the desired contact is selected
3 Select the desired number.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
BY FAVORITES LIST
Calls can be made using registeredcontacts which can be selected from acontact list. (→P.180)
BY CALL HISTORY
Up to 30 of the latest call history items(missed, incoming and outgoing) canbe selected from the “Call History” tab.
![Page 159: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
159
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab and selectthe desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
INFORMATION● When making a call to the same number
continuously, only the most recent call islisted in call history.
● When a phone number registered in thecontact list is received, the name is dis-played.
● Number-withheld calls are also memo-rized in the system.
● International phone calls may not bemade depending on the type of cellularphone you have.
● The list should group together consecu-tive entries with the same phone numberand same call type. For example, twocalls from Kay Rowles’s mobile wouldbe displayed as follows: Kay Rowles (2)
● By pressing the switch on thesteering wheel, a call to the latest historyitem can be made.
BY CONTACTS LIST
Calls can be made by using contactdata which is transferred from a regis-tered cellular phone. (→P.160)Up to 2500 contacts (maximum of 4phone numbers and e-mail addressesper contact) can be registered in thecontact list.
![Page 160: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
160
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■FOR PBAP COMPATIBLE
Bluetooth® PHONES
When “Automatic Transfer” is set to off(→P.174)
1 Display the phone topscreen.(→P.157)
2 Select the desired item.
The following screen will not display whentransferring from a hands-free mode.
■FOR PBAP INCOMPATIBLE BUT
OPP COMPATIBLE Bluetooth®
PHONES
1 Select the desired item.
When “Transfer” is selected
2 Follow the steps in “FOR PBAP IN-COMPATIBLE BUT OPP COMPATI-
BLE Bluetooth® PHONES” from“STEP 2”. (→P.176)
When “Add” is selected
2 Follow the steps in “REGISTERING ANEW CONTACT TO THE CONTACTLIST” from “STEP 2”. (→P.177)
WHEN THE CONTACT IS EMPTY
No. Function
Select to transfer new contacts froma cellular phone, select “Always”and then enable “Automatic Trans-fer”.
Select to transfer all the contactsfrom a connected cellular phoneonly once.
Select to cancel transferring.
No. Function
Select to transfer the contacts fromthe connected cellular phone.
Select to add a new contact manual-ly.
Select to cancel transferring.
![Page 161: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
161
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Dial Pad” tab and enter thephone number.
3 Select or press the switchon the steering wheel.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
1 Press the switch on the steeringwheel to display the phone top screen.
2 Press the switch on the steeringwheel to display the “Call History”screen.
3 Press the switch on the steeringwheel to call the latest history item.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
INFORMATION● Manual transfer operation cannot be
performed while driving.● If your cellular phone is neither PBAP
nor OPP compatible, the contacts can-not be transferred.
● Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone:• It may be necessary to perform addi-
tional steps on the phone when trans-ferring contact data.
• The registered image in the contact listmay not transfer depending on thetype of Bluetooth® phone connected.
BY DIAL PAD
INFORMATION● Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone being connected, it may be nec-essary to perform additional steps onthe phone.
BY OFF HOOK SWITCH
Calls can be made using the latest callhistory item.
![Page 162: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
162
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the home screen. (→P.37)
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
1 Select and hold the screen button toadd a contact.
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Select the desired number.
BY “Home” SCREEN
INFORMATION● If “No phone connected.” is displayed on
the screen, a registered phone is notconnected to the system. To connect aregistered phone, select the “SelectPhone”.
REGISTERING A NEW CONTACT
INFORMATION● If there is no contact in the contacts list,
the contacts cannot be registered at thehome screen.
● The contact cannot be registered at thehome screen while driving.
![Page 163: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
163
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
4. RECEIVING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE
1 Select or press the switchon the steering wheel to talk on thephone.
To refuse to receive the call: Select
or press the switch on thesteering wheel.To adjust the volume of a received call:Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob, or use the vol-ume control switch on the steering wheel.
INCOMING CALLS
When a call is received, this screen isdisplayed with a sound.
INFORMATION● During international phone calls, the
other party’s name or number may notbe displayed correctly depending on thetype of cellular phone you have.
● The incoming call display mode can beset. (→P.184)
● The ringtone that has been set in the“Sound Settings” screen sounds whenthere is an incoming call. Depending onthe type of Bluetooth® phone, both thesystem and Bluetooth® phone maysound simultaneously when there is anincoming call. (→P.173)
![Page 164: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
164
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
5. TALKING ON THE Bluetooth® PHONE
■BY DIAL PAD
1 Select “0-9”.
2 Enter the desired number.
While talking on the phone, this screenis displayed. The operations outlinedbelow can be performed on thisscreen.
No. Function Page
Select to display the dialpad to send tones. 164
Select to mute your voiceto the other party. ⎯
Select to change handsetmodes between hands-free and cellular phone.
⎯
Select to adjust your voicevolume that the other partyhears from their speaker.
165
Select to send tones. Thisbutton only appears whena number that contains a(w) is dialed in hands-freemode.
165
Select to hang up thephone. ⎯
Select “+” or “-” to adjustthe volume of the other par-ty’s voice.
⎯
Select to start talking withthe other party. 166
INFORMATION● Changing from hands-free call to cellular
phone call is not possible while driving.● When cellular phone call is changed to
hands-free call, the hands-free screenwill be displayed and its functions can beoperated on the screen.
● Changing between cellular phone calland hands-free call can be performed byoperating the cellular phone directly.
● Transferring methods and operationswill be different depending on the type ofcellular phone you have.
● For the operation of the cellular phone,see the manual that comes with it.
SENDING TONES
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
No. Function Page
![Page 165: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
165
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
■BY SELECTING “Release Tones”
1 Select “Release Tones”.
1 Select “Transmit Volume”.
2 Select the desired level for the transmitvolume.
3 Select “OK”.
“Release Tones” appear when a con-tinuous tone signal(s) containing a (w)is registered in the contact list.This operation can be performed whiledriving.
INFORMATION● A continuous tone signal is a character
string that consists of numbers and thecharacters p or w. (e.g.056133w0123p#1)
● When the “p” pause tone is used, thetone data up until the next pause tonewill be automatically sent after 2 sec-onds have elapsed. When the “w” pausetone is used, the tone data up until thenext pause tone will be automaticallysent after a user operation is performed.
● Release tones can be used when auto-mated operation of a phone based ser-vice such as an answering machine orbank phone service is desired. A phonenumber with continuous tone signalscan be registered in the contact list.
● Tone data after a “w” pause tone can beoperated on voice command during acall.
TRANSMIT VOLUME SETTING
INFORMATION● The sound quality of the voice heard
from the other party’s speaker may benegatively impacted.
● To reset the transmit volume, select“Default”.
● “Transmit Volume” is dimmed whenmute is on.
![Page 166: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
166
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select or press the switchon the steering wheel to start talkingwith the other party.
To refuse to receive the call: Select
or press the switch on thesteering wheel.
Each time is selected or the switch on the steering wheel is pressedduring an interrupted call, the party who ison hold will be switched.
INCOMING CALL WAITING
When a call is interrupted by a thirdparty while talking, this screen is dis-played.
INFORMATION● This function may not be available
depending on the type of cellular phone.
![Page 167: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
167
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
6. Bluetooth® PHONE MESSAGE FUNCTION
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Messages”.
: Select to change to phone mode.
Received messages can be forwardedfrom the connected Bluetooth® phone,enabling checking and replying usingthe system.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone connected, received messagesmay not be transferred to the messageinbox.
If the phone does not support the mes-sage function, this function cannot beused.
PS081IO
MESSAGE INBOX SCREEN
Function Page
Receiving a message 168
Checking messages 169
Replying to a message (quick re-ply)
170
Calling the message sender 171
Message settings 182
![Page 168: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
168
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
RECEIVING A MESSAGE
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is re-ceived, the incoming message screenpops up with sound and is ready to beoperated on the screen.
No. Function
Select to check the message.
Select to not open the message.
Select to call the message sender.
INFORMATION● Depending on the cellular phone used
for receiving messages, or its registra-tion status with the system, some infor-mation may not be displayed.
● The pop up screen is separately avail-able for incoming e-mail and SMS/MMSmessages under the following condi-tions:E-mail:• “Incoming E-mail Display” is set to “Full
Screen”. (→P.182)• “E-mail Notification Popup” is set to on.
(→P.182)SMS/MMS:• “Incoming SMS/MMS Display” is set to
“Full Screen”. (→P.182)• “SMS/MMS Notification Popup” is set
to on. (→P.182)
![Page 169: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
169
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Display the message inbox screen.(→P.167)
2 Select the desired message from thelist.
3 Check that the message is displayed.
CHECKING MESSAGES
No. Function
*
Select “Mark Unread” or “MarkRead” to mark mail unread or readon the message inbox screen.This function is available when “Up-date Read Status on Phone” is set toon. (→P.182)
Select to reply the message.(→P.170)
Select to display the previous ornext message.
Select to have messages read out.To cancel this function, select“Stop”.When “Automatic Message Read-out” is set to on, messages will beautomatically read out. (→P.182)
Select to make a call to the sender.
*: E-mail only
INFORMATION● Reading a text message is not available
while driving.● Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone being connected, it may benecessary to perform additional steps onthe phone.
● Messages are displayed in theappropriate connected Bluetooth®
phone’s registered mail address folder.Select the tab of the desired folder to bedisplayed.
● Only received messages on theconnected Bluetooth® phone can bedisplayed.
● The text of the message is not displayedwhile driving.
● Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob, or use thevolume control switch on the steeringwheel to adjust the message read outvolume.
No. Function
![Page 170: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
170
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the message inbox screen.(→P.167)
2 Select the desired message from thelist.
3 Select “Quick Message”.
4 Select the desired message.
5 Select “Send”.While the message is being sent, a send-
ing message screen is displayed. To cancel sending the message, select
“Cancel”.
■EDITING QUICK REPLY MESSAG-ES
1 Select “Quick Message”.
2 Select corresponding to the de-sired message to edit.
3 Select “OK” when editing is complet-ed.
REPLYING TO A MESSAGE (QUICK REPLY)
15 messages have already beenstored.
INFORMATION● Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone, reply function is not available.
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
INFORMATION● To reset the editquick reply messages,
select “Default”.● “Quick Message 1” (“I am driving and
will arrive in approximately [ETA]minutes.”):This message cannot be edited and willautomatically fill in [ETA] with thenavigation calculated estimated time ofarrival on the confirm message screen.If there are waypoints set, [ETA] to thenext waypoint will be shown.If there is no route currently set in thenavigation system, “Quick Message 1”cannot be selected.
![Page 171: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
171
1. PHONE OPERATION (HANDS-FREE SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR PHONES)
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
■CALLING FROM E-MAIL/SMS/MMSMESSAGE DISPLAY
1 Display the message inbox screen.(→P.167)
2 Select the desired message.
3 Select .
If there are 2 or more phone numbers,select the desired number.
4 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
■CALLING FROM A NUMBER WITH-IN A MESSAGE
1 Display the message inbox screen.(→P.167)
2 Select the desired message.
3 Select the text area.
4 Select the desired number. Identified phone numbers contained in the
message are displayed.
5 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
■CALLING FROM THE INCOMINGMESSAGE SCREEN
→P.168
CALLING THE MESSAGE SENDER
Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender’s phone num-ber.This operation can be performed whiledriving.
Calls can be made to a number identi-fied in a message’s text area.This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
INFORMATION● A series of numbers may be recognized
as a phone number. Additionally, somephone numbers may not be recognized,such as those for other countries.
![Page 172: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
172
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. SETUP
1. PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Phone”.
4 Select the item to be set.
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select “Settings”.
PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS SCREEN
No. Information Page
Registering/connecting aphone
49
Sound settings 173
Contact/call history set-tings
174
Messaging settings 182
Phone display settings 184
PS081IO
DISPLAYING THE PHONE/MESSAGE SETTINGS SCREEN IN A DIFFERENT WAY
![Page 173: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
173
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings”screen. (→P.172)
2 Select “Sound Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
“Sound Settings” SCREEN
The call and ringtone volume can beadjusted. A ringtone can be selected.
No. Function
Select to set the desired ringtone.
Select “-” or “+” to adjust the ring-tone volume.
Select “-” or “+” to adjust the mes-sage readout volume.
Select to set the desired incomingSMS/MMS tone.
Select “-” or “+” to adjust the in-coming SMS/MMS tone volume.
Select to set the desired incoming e-mail tone.
Select “-” or “+” to adjust the in-coming e-mail tone volume.
Select “-” or “+” to adjust the de-fault volume of the other party’svoice.
Select to reset all setup items.
INFORMATION● Depending on the type of phone, certain
functions may not be available.
![Page 174: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
174
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings”screen. (→P.172)
2 Select “Contact/Call History Set-tings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
“Contact/Call History Settings” SCREEN
The contact can be transferred from a
Bluetooth® phone to the system. Thecontact also can be added, edited anddeleted.
The call history can be deleted andcontact and favorites can be changed.
No. Function Page
For PBAP compatibleBluetooth® phones, selectto set automatic contact/history transfer on/off.When set to on, thephone’s contact data andhistory are automaticallytransferred.
⎯
Select to update contactsfrom the connected phone.
175
Select to sort contacts bythe first name or last namefield.
⎯
Select to add contacts tothe favorites list.
180
Select to delete contactsfrom the favorites list.
181
Select to set the trans-ferred contact image dis-play on/off.
⎯
*Select to clear contactsfrom the call history.
⎯
*Select to add new contactsto the contact list.
177
*Select to edit contacts inthe contact list.
178
![Page 175: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
175
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available when“Automatic Transfer” is set to off.(→P.174)
■FOR PBAP COMPATIBLEBluetooth® PHONES
1 Select “Update Contacts fromPhone”.
Contacts are transferred automatically.
2 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
This operation may be unnecessarydepending on the type of cellular phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone,OBEX authentication may be requiredwhen transferring contact data. Enter“1234” into the Bluetooth® phone.
If another Bluetooth® device is connectedwhen transferring contact data, dependingon the phone, the connected Bluetooth®
device may need to be disconnected. Depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone being connected, it may be neces-sary to perform additional steps on thephone.
*Select to delete contactsfrom the contact list. 179
Select to reset all setupitems. ⎯
INFORMATION● Depending on the type of phone, certain
functions may not be available.● Contact data is managed independently
for every registered phone. When onephone is connected, another phone’sregistered data cannot be read.
No. Function Page UPDATE CONTACTS FROM PHONE
Operation methods differ betweenPBAP compatible and PBAP incom-patible/OPP compatible Bluetooth®
phones.If your cellular phone is neither PBAPnor OPP compatible, the contacts can-not be transferred.
![Page 176: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
176
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■FOR PBAP INCOMPATIBLE BUT
OPP COMPATIBLE Bluetooth®
PHONES
1 Select “Update Contacts fromPhone”.
2 Transfer the contact data to the system
using a Bluetooth® phone.
This operation may be unnecessarydepending on the type of cellular phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone,OBEX authentication may be requiredwhen transferring contact data. Enter“1234” into the Bluetooth® phone.
To cancel this function, select “Cancel”.
3 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
■UPDATING THE CONTACTS IN ADIFFERENT WAY (FROM THE “CallHistory” SCREEN)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Call History” tab and se-lect a contact not yet registered in thecontact list.
3 Select “Update Contact”.
4 Select the desired contact.
5 Select a phone type for the phonenumber.
This operation cannot be performedwhile driving.
For only OPP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available when“Automatic Transfer” is set to off.(→P.174)
![Page 177: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
177
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
1 Select “New Contact”.
2 Enter the name and select “OK”.
3 Enter the phone number and select“OK”.
4 Select the phone type for the phonenumber.
5 To add another number to this contact,select “Yes”.
■REGISTERING A NEW CONTACT INA DIFFERENT WAY (FROM THE“Call History” SCREEN)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Call History” tab and se-lect a contact not yet registered in thecontact list.
3 Select “Add to Contacts”.
4 Follow the steps in “REGISTERING ANEW CONTACT TO THE CONTACTLIST” from “STEP 2”. (→P.177)
REGISTERING A NEW CONTACT TO THE CONTACT LIST
New contact data can be registered.
Up to 4 numbers per person can beregistered. For PBAP compatible
Bluetooth® phones, this function isavailable when “Automatic Transfer” isset to off. (→P.174)
For only OPP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available when“Automatic Transfer” is set to off.(→P.174)
![Page 178: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
178
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Edit Contacts”.
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Select corresponding to the de-sired name or number.
For editing the name
4 Follow the steps in “REGISTERING ANEW CONTACT TO THE CONTACTLIST” from “STEP 2”. (→P.177)
For editing the number
4 Follow the steps in “REGISTERING ANEW CONTACT TO THE CONTACTLIST” from “STEP 3”. (→P.177)
■EDITING THE CONTACT IN A DIF-FERENT WAY (FROM THE “ContactDetails” SCREEN)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History”tab or the “Favorites” tab and selectthe desired contact.
3 Select “Edit Contact”.
“E-mail Addresses”: Select to display allregistered e-mail addresses for the con-tact.
4 Follow the steps in “EDITING THECONTACT DATA” from “STEP 4”.(→P.178)
EDITING THE CONTACT DATA
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available when“Automatic Transfer” is set to off.(→P.174)
![Page 179: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
179
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Select “Delete Contacts”.
2 Select the desired contact and select“Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
■DELETING THE CONTACT IN A DIF-FERENT WAY (FROM THE “ContactDetails” SCREEN)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History”tab or the “Favorites” tab and selectthe desired contact.
3 Select “Delete Contact”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
DELETING THE CONTACT DATA
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available when“Automatic Transfer” is set to off.(→P.174)
INFORMATION● Multiple data can be selected and
deleted at the same time.
INFORMATION
● When a Bluetooth® phone is deleted,the contact data will be deleted at thesame time.
![Page 180: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
180
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■REGISTERING THE CONTACTS INTHE FAVORITES LIST
1 Select “Add Favorite”.
2 Select the desired contact to add to thefavorites list.
Dimmed contacts are already stored as afavorite.
3 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
When 15 contacts have already beenregistered to the favorites list
1 When 15 contacts have already beenregistered to the favorites list, a regis-tered contact needs to be replaced.Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears to replace a contact.
2 Select the contact to be replaced.
3 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
FAVORITES LIST SETTING
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of 4 num-bers per contact) can be registered inthe favorites list.
![Page 181: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
181
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
Registering contacts in the favorites listin a different way (from the “Contacts”screen)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab.
3 Select at the beginning of the de-sired contact list name to be registeredin the favorites list.
When selected, is changed to , andthe contact is registered in the favoriteslist.
Registering contacts in the favorites listin a different way (from the “Contact De-tails” screen)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab or the “CallHistory” tab and select the desiredcontact.
3 Select “Add Favorite”.
4 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
■DELETING THE CONTACTS IN THEFAVORITES LIST
1 Select “Remove Favorite”.
2 Select the desired contacts and select“Remove”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
4 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
![Page 182: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
182
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Deleting contacts in the favorites list in adifferent way (from the “Contacts”screen)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab.
3 Select at the beginning of the con-tact list name to be deleted from the fa-vorites list.
When selected, is changed to , andthe data is deleted from the list.
Deleting contacts in the favorites list in adifferent way (from the “Contact Details”screen)
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History”tab or the “Favorites” tab and selectthe desired contact to delete.
3 Select “Remove Favorite”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
5 Check that a confirmation screen isdisplayed when the operation is com-plete.
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings”screen. (→P.172)
2 Select “Messaging Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
“Messaging Settings” SCREEN
No. Function
Select to set automatic messagetransfer on/off.
Select to set automatic messagereadout on/off.
Select to set the SMS/MMS notifica-tion popup on/off.
Select to set the e-mail notificationpopup on/off.
![Page 183: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
183
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PHO
NE
6
1 Display the phone top screen.(→P.157)
2 Select .
3 Select “Settings”.
Select to set adding the vehicle signa-ture to outgoing messages on/off.
Select to set updating message readstatus on phone on/off.
Select to change the incoming SMS/MMS display.“Full Screen”: When an SMS/MMSmessage is received, the incomingSMS/MMS display screen is dis-played and can be operated on thescreen.“Drop-down”: When an SMS/MMSmessage is received, a message isdisplayed on the upper side of thescreen.
Select to change the incoming e-maildisplay.“Full Screen”: When an e-mail is re-ceived, the incoming e-mail displayscreen is the displayed and can beoperated on the screen.“Drop-down”: When an e-mail is re-ceived, a message is displayed on theupper side of the screen.
Select to set display of messaging ac-count names on the inbox tab on/off. When set to on, messaging accountnames used on the cellular phone willbe displayed.
Select to reset all setup items.
INFORMATION● Depending on the phone, these func-
tions may not be available.
No. Function DISPLAYING THE “Messaging Settings” SCREEN IN A DIFFERENT WAY
![Page 184: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
184
2. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings”screen. (→P.172)
2 Select “Phone Display Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
“Phone Display Settings” SCREEN
No. Function
Select to change the incoming calldisplay.“Full Screen”: When a call is re-ceived, the hands-free screen is dis-played and can be operated on thescreen.“Drop-down”: A message is dis-played on the upper side of thescreen.
Select to set display of the contact/history transfer completion messageon/off.
Select to reset all setup items.
INFORMATION● Depending on the phone, these func-
tions may not be available.
![Page 185: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
185
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
1. TROUBLESHOOTING
When using the hands-free system with a Bluetooth® device
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a Bluetooth® device, first checkthe table below.
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
The hands-free sys-
tem or Bluetooth® de-vice does not work.
The connected de-vice may not be acompatible
Bluetooth® cellularphone.
For a list of specificdevices whichoperation has beenconfirmed on thissystem, check withyour Toyota dealer orthe following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune/
∗ ⎯
The Bluetooth® ver-sion of the connect-ed cellular phonemay be older thanthe specified ver-sion.
Use a cellular phone
with Bluetooth® ver-sion 2.0 or higher (rec-ommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher).
∗ 46
![Page 186: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
186
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
When registering/connecting a cellular phone
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
A cellular phone can-not be registered.
An incorrect pass-code was enteredon the cellularphone.
Enter the correct pass-code on the cellularphone.
∗ ⎯
The registration op-eration has not beencompleted on thecellular phone side.
Complete the registra-tion operation on thecellular phone (ap-prove registration onthe phone).
∗ ⎯
Old registration in-formation remainson either this sys-tem or the cellularphone.
Delete the existing reg-istration informationfrom both this systemand the cellular phone,then register the cellu-lar phone you wish toconnect to this system.
∗ 51
A Bluetooth® connec-tion cannot be made.
Another Bluetooth®
device is alreadyconnected.
Manually connect thecellular phone you wishto use to this system.
⎯ 52
Bluetooth® functionis not enabled onthe cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetooth®
function on the cellularphone.
∗ ⎯
Automatic
Bluetooth® connec-tion on this systemis set to off.
Set automaticBluetooth® connectionon this system to onwhen the power switchis in ACCESSORY orON mode.
⎯ 56
![Page 187: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
187
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
When making/receiving a call
“Unable to dial.Please check yourphone.”
Bluetooth® functionis not enabled onthe cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetooth®
function on the cellularphone.
∗ ⎯
Old registration in-formation remainson either this sys-tem or the cellularphone.
Delete the existing reg-istration informationfrom both this systemand the cellular phone,then register the cellu-lar phone you wish toconnect to this system.
∗ 51
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
A call cannot bemade/received.
Your vehicle is in a“No Service” area.
Move to where “NoService” no longer ap-pears on the display.
⎯ ⎯
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
![Page 188: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
188
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
When using the phonebook
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
Phonebook data can-not be transferredmanually/automati-cally.
The profile versionof the connectedcellular phone maynot be compatiblewith transferringphonebook data.
For a list of specificdevices whichoperation has beenconfirmed on thissystem, check withyour Toyota dealer orthe following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune/
∗ ⎯
Automatic contacttransfer function onthis system is set tooff.
Set automatic contacttransfer function on thissystem to on.
⎯ 174
Passcode has notbeen entered on thecellular phone.
Enter the passcode onthe cellular phone if re-quested (default pass-code: 1234).
∗ ⎯
Transfer operationon the cellularphone has not com-pleted.
Complete transfer op-eration on the cellularphone (approve trans-fer operation on thephone).
∗ ⎯
Phonebook data can-not be edited.
Automatic contacttransfer function onthis system is set toon.
Set automatic contacttransfer function on thissystem to off.
⎯ 174
![Page 189: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
189
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
PH
ON
E
6
When using the Bluetooth® message function
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
Messages cannot beviewed.
Message transfer isnot enabled on thecellular phone.
Enable message trans-fer on the cellularphone (approve mes-sage transfer on thephone).
∗ ⎯
Automatic transferfunction on this sys-tem is set to off.
Set automatic transferfunction on this systemto on.
⎯ 182
New message notifi-cations are not dis-played.
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail recep-tion on this systemis set to off.
Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail receptionon this system to on.
∗ 182
Automatic messagetransfer function isnot enabled on thecellular phone.
Enable automatictransfer function on thecellular phone.
∗ ⎯
![Page 190: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
190
3. WHAT TO DO IF...
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
In other situations
∗: For details, refer to the owner’s manual that came with the cellular phone.
Symptom Likely cause Solution
Page
Cellular phone
This system
The Bluetooth® con-nection status is dis-played at the top ofthe screen each timethe power switch is inACCESSORY or ONmode.
Connection confir-mation display onthis system is set toon.
To turn off the display,set connection confir-mation display on thissystem to off.
⎯ 55
Even though all con-ceivable measureshave been taken, thesymptom status doesnot change.
The cellular phoneis not close enoughto this system.
Bring the cellularphone closer to thissystem.
⎯ ⎯
The cellular phoneis the most likelycause of the symp-tom.
Turn the cellular phoneoff, remove and rein-stall the battery pack,and then restart thecellular phone.
∗ ⎯
Enable the cellular
phone’s Bluetooth®
connection.∗ ⎯
Stop the cellularphone’s security soft-ware and close all ap-plications.
∗ ⎯
Before using an appli-cation installed on thecellular phone, careful-ly check its source andhow its operation mightaffect this system.
∗ ⎯
![Page 191: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
7
191
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. QUICK REFERENCE .................. 194
MAP SCREEN ..................................... 194
NAVIGATION OPTIONS SCREEN...... 196
2. MAP SCREEN OPERATION....... 197
CURRENT POSITION DISPLAY ......... 197
MAP SCALE ........................................ 198
ORIENTATION OF THE MAP ............. 198
SWITCHING THE MAP MODE............ 199
SCREEN SCROLL OPERATION ........ 201
ADJUSTING LOCATION IN SMALL INCREMENTS................................... 202
3. MAP SCREEN INFORMATION ......................... 203
DISPLAYING MAP INFORMATION .... 203
DISPLAYING INFORMATION ABOUT THE ICON WHERE THE CURSOR IS SET .............................. 205
STANDARD MAP ICONS .................... 206
4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION ........... 207
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC INFORMATION ON THE MAP.......... 209
1 BASIC OPERATION
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
![Page 192: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
192
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. DESTINATION SEARCH SCREEN .................................... 210
2. SEARCH OPERATION ................ 212
SELECTING SEARCH AREA.............. 213
SETTING HOME AS DESTINATION .................................. 213
SETTING PRESET DESTINATIONS AS DESTINATION ............................ 213
SEARCHING BY ADDRESS ............... 214
SEARCHING BY POINT OF INTEREST......................................... 215
SEARCHING FROM PREVIOUS DESTINATIONS................................ 218
SEARCHING BY ADDRESS BOOK.... 218
SEARCHING BY EMERGENCY.......... 219
SEARCHING BY INTERSECTION AND FREEWAY................................ 219
SEARCHING BY MAP......................... 221
SEARCHING BY COORDINATES ...... 221
3. STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE ................................ 222
STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE ......... 222
PAUSING GUIDANCE......................... 225
1. ROUTE GUIDANCE SCREEN .... 226
SCREEN FOR ROUTE GUIDANCE .... 226
ROUTE OVERVIEW ............................ 227
DURING FREEWAY DRIVING ............ 228
WHEN APPROACHING INTERSECTION................................ 229
TURN LIST SCREEN........................... 230
TURN-BY-TURN ARROW SCREEN............................................ 230
2. TYPICAL VOICE GUIDANCE PROMPTS ................................. 231
3. EDITING ROUTE......................... 232
ADDING DESTINATIONS.................... 233
REORDERING DESTINATIONS ......... 233
DELETING DESTINATIONS................ 233
SETTING ROUTE PREFERENCES................................ 234
SELECTING ROUTE TYPE................. 234
DETOUR SETTING.............................. 235
2 DESTINATION SEARCH 3 ROUTE GUIDANCE
![Page 193: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
193
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. MEMORY POINTS SETTINGS .... 236
SETTING UP HOME ........................... 237
SETTING UP PRESET DESTINATIONS................................ 238
SETTING UP ADDRESS BOOK ......... 240
SETTING UP AREAS TO AVOID........ 243
DELETING PREVIOUS DESTINATIONS................................ 245
1. DETAILED NAVIGATION SETTINGS ................................. 246
SCREENS FOR NAVIGATION SETTINGS ........................................ 246
2. TRAFFIC SETTINGS ................... 250
SCREEN FOR TRAFFIC SETTINGS ........................................ 250
AUTO AVOID TRAFFIC ...................... 251
MY TRAFFIC ROUTES ....................... 252
1. GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)................................... 257
LIMITATIONS OF THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM..................... 257
2. MAP DATABASE VERSION AND COVERED AREA............. 260
MAP INFORMATION ........................... 260
ABOUT THE MAP DATA ..................... 261
4 MEMORY POINTS
5 SETUP
6TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
![Page 194: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
194
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. BASIC OPERATION
1. QUICK REFERENCE
MAP SCREEN
To display this screen, press the “APPS” button, then select “Navigation” on the“Apps” screen.
No. Name Function Page
2D North-up, 2Dheading-up or 3Dheading-up sym-bol
Indicates whether the map orientation is set tonorth-up or heading-up. The letter(s) beside thissymbol indicate the vehicle’s heading direction(e.g. N for north). In 3D map, only a heading-upview is available.
198
Options button Select to display the “Navigation Options” screen. 196
“GPS” mark (Global Position-ing System)
Shows that the vehicle is receiving signals fromthe GPS. 257
![Page 195: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
195
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
Traffic indicator
Shows that traffic information is received. Selectto start voice guidance for traffic information.When traffic information is received via HD, HDmark is displayed on the right.
207
Scale indicator This figure indicates the map scale. 198
Zoom in/out but-ton
Select to magnify or reduce the map scale. Wheneither button is selected, the map scale indicatorbar appears at the bottom of the screen.
198
Current positionbutton/voiceguidance button
• Select to display the current position address.• Select to repeat voice guidance. 231
Destination but-ton
Select to display the “Destination” screen. 210
Speed limit iconIndicates the speed limit on the current road. Thedisplay of the speed limit icon can be set to on/off.
203
Route informa-tion bar
Displays the current street name, or the distancewith the estimated travel time/arrival time to thedestination. The route information bar fills fromleft to right as the vehicle progresses on theroute.
226
Route informa-tion button
Select to change the display between the currentstreet name and the distance with the estimatedtravel/arrival time.
226
No. Name Function Page
![Page 196: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
196
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NAVIGATION OPTIONS SCREEN
The navigation options allow you to change map configurations, display/hide POIicons, and edit the navigation routes. To display the “Navigation Options” screen,press the “APPS” button, select “Navigation” on the “Apps” screen, and select“Options” on the map screen.
No. Function Page
Select to change the map configuration. 199
Select to change the displayed map information such as POI icons,route trace, speed limit, etc.
203
Select to display the map version and coverage area. 260
Select to edit the set route. 232
Select to pause or resume route guidance. 225
Select to display the overview of the entire route. 227
![Page 197: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
197
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
2. MAP SCREEN OPERATION
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Navigation”.
3 Check that the current position map isdisplayed.
CURRENT POSITION DISPLAY
To correct the current position manually:→P.248
PS081IO
INFORMATION● While driving, the current position mark
is fixed on the screen and the mapmoves.
● The current position is automatically setas the vehicle receives signals from theGPS (Global Positioning System). If thecurrent position is not correct, it is auto-matically corrected after the vehiclereceives signals from the GPS.
● After the battery disconnection, or on anew vehicle, the current position maynot be correct. As soon as the systemreceives signals from the GPS, the cor-rect current position is displayed.
![Page 198: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
198
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select or to change thescale of the map screen.
The scale indicator bar appears at the bot-tom of the screen.
Select and hold or to con-tinue changing the scale of the mapscreen.
The scale of the map screen can also bechanged by selecting the scale bardirectly. This function is not available whiledriving.
1 Select , or .
North-up screen
Heading-up screen
MAP SCALE
INFORMATION● The map scale is displayed above the
zoom in button at the bottom left of thescreen.
ORIENTATION OF THE MAP
The orientation of the map can bechanged between 2D north-up, 2Dheading-up and 3D heading-up by se-lecting the orientation symbol dis-played at the top left of the screen.
![Page 199: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
199
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
3D screen
: North-up symbol
Regardless of the direction of vehicle trav-el, north is always up.
: Heading-up symbol
The direction of vehicle travel is always up.
: 3D Heading-up symbol
The direction of vehicle travel is always up.
The letter(s) beside this symbol indicatethe vehicle’s heading direction (e.g. N fornorth).
1 Select “Options” on the map screen.
2 Select “Map Mode”.
3 Select the desired configuration but-ton.
SWITCHING THE MAP MODE
No. Function Page
Select to display the singlemap screen.
200
Select to display the dualmap screen.
200
Select to display the com-pass mode screen.
201
Select to display the turn listscreen.
230
Select to display the free-way exit list screen.
228
Select to display the inter-section guidance screen orthe guidance screen on thefreeway.
229
Select to display the turn-by-turn arrow screen.
230
![Page 200: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
200
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Depending on the conditions, certainscreen configuration buttons cannot beselected.
■MAP ONLY
■DUAL MAP
The map on the left is the main map.
Editing right map
1 Select any point on the right side map.
2 Select the desired item.
When set to on, the indicator will illumi-nate.
The right side map can be edited.
No. Function Page
Select to change the orien-tation of the map.
198
Select to display POI icons. 203
Select to show traffic infor-mation.
207
Select to change the mapscale.
198
![Page 201: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
201
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
■COMPASS
To scroll over the map screen, place thecursor mark in the desired position andthen touch and hold the map screen. Themap will continue scrolling in that directionuntil the finger is released.
Information about the destination, cur-rent position and a compass is dis-played on the screen.
INFORMATION● The destination mark is displayed in the
direction of the destination. When driv-ing, refer to the longitude and latitudecoordinates, and the compass, to makesure that the vehicle is headed in thedirection of the destination.
● When the vehicle travels out of the cov-erage area, the guidance screenchanges to the whole compass modescreen.
SCREEN SCROLL OPERATION
Use the scroll feature to move the de-sired point to the center of the screenfor looking at a point on the map that isdifferent from the current position.
No. Information/Function
Cursor mark
Distance from the current position tothe cursor mark.
Select to set as a destination.When selecting “Go to ” on thefollowing map screen, the navigationsystem performs a search for theroute. (→P.222)If a destination has already been set,“Go to ” and “Add to Route” willbe displayed.“Go to ”: Select to delete the ex-isting destination(s) and set a newone.“Add to Route”: Select to add adestination.
Select to register as a memory point.To change the icon, name, etc.:→P.240
Select to return to the current posi-tion.
![Page 202: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
202
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select one of the 8 directional arrowsto move the cursor to the desired pointand then select “OK”.
ADJUSTING LOCATION IN SMALL INCREMENTS
The cursor location can be adjusted insmall increments when “Adjust Loca-tion” is selected on the setting mapscreen.
Also, when changing the location ofmemory points on the editing screen(P.242) and adjusting the current posi-tion mark manually on the “Calibration”screen (P.248), 8 directional arrowsmay appear for this purpose.
![Page 203: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
203
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
3. MAP SCREEN INFORMATION
1 Select “Options” on the map screen.
2 Select “Map Information”.
3 Select the desired items to be dis-played.
When set to on, the indicator will illumi-nate.
1 Display the “Map Information” screen.(→P.203)
2 Select “Select POI”.When the POI icons to be displayed on
the map screen have already been set,“Change POI” is displayed.
3 Select the desired POI category andselect “OK”.
DISPLAYING MAP INFORMATION
Information such as POI icons, routetrace, speed limit, etc. can be dis-played on the map screen.
No. Function Page
Select to display the select-ed POI icons. ⎯
Select to select or changePOI icons. 203
Select to display routetrace. 205
Select to display speed limiticon. ⎯
Select to display traffic infor-mation. 207
SELECTING THE POI ICONS
No. Information/Function Page
Displays up to 5 selectedPOI icons on the mapscreen
−
Select to cancel the select-ed POI icons. −
Displays up to 6 POI iconsas favorite POI categories 247
Select to display other POIcategories if the desiredPOIs cannot be found onthe screen.
204
Select to search for thenearest POIs. 204
![Page 204: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
204
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■SELECTING OTHER POI ICONS TOBE DISPLAYED
1 Select “Other POIs”.
2 Select the desired POI categories andselect “OK”.
“List All Categories”: Select to display allPOI categories. To add more POI catego-ries, select “More”.
■DISPLAYING THE LOCAL POI LIST
1 Select “Find Local POI”.
2 Select the desired POI.
“Near...”: Select to search for POIs nearthe current position or along the route.
3 Check that the selected POI is dis-played on the map screen. (→P.201)
When “Near...” is selected
1 Select the desired item.
“Near Here”: Select to search for POIsnear the current position.
“Along My Route”: Select to search forPOIs along the route.
POIs that are within 20 miles (32 km) ofthe current position will be listed fromamong the selected categories.
![Page 205: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
205
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Display the “Map Information” screen.(→P.203)
2 Select “Route Trace”. The “Route Trace” indicator illuminates
and the route trace starts.
3 Check that the traveled line is dis-played.
■STOP RECORDING THE ROUTETRACE
1 Select “Route Trace” again.
2 A confirmation screen will be dis-played. “Yes”: Select to keep the recordedroute trace.“No”: Select to erase the recordedroute trace.
1 Place the cursor over an icon.
2 Select “Info”.
POI information
Memory point information
ROUTE TRACE
The traveled route can be stored andretraced on the map screen. This fea-ture is available when the map scale is30 miles (50 km) or less.
INFORMATION● The traveled route can be stored up to
124 miles (200 km).
DISPLAYING INFORMATION ABOUT THE ICON WHERE THE CURSOR IS SET
When the cursor is placed over an iconon the map screen, the name bar isdisplayed on the upper part of thescreen. If “Info” appears on the rightside of the name bar, detailed informa-tion can be displayed.
![Page 206: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
206
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Destination information
No. Function
Select to register as a memory point.To change the icon, name, etc.:→P.240
Select to set as a destination.
Select to call the registered number.
Select to delete destination or mem-ory point.
Select to display the edit memorypoint screen.
INFORMATION● Even when traffic information is not cur-
rently being received, traffic informationand “Info” will be displayed for a whileafter traffic information has beenreceived.
STANDARD MAP ICONS
Icon Name
Island
Park
Industry
Business facility
Airport
Military
University
Hospital
Stadium
Shopping mall
Golf
![Page 207: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
207
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Traffic”.
3 Select the desired item.
1 Display the “Traffic Information”screen. (→P.207)
2 Select “Traffic Event List”.
3 Select the desired traffic information.
“On Current Road”: Select to display traf-fic information for the current road.
“On Current Route”: Select to displaytraffic information for the set route.
When set to on, the indicator will illumi-nate.
4 Check that the traffic information is dis-played.
“Detail”: Select to display detailed trafficinformation.
Traffic data can be received via HD orEntune App Suite to display traffic in-formation on the map screen.
No. Function Page
Select to display a list ofcurrent traffic information.
207
Select to display a mapwith predictive traffic data.
208
Select to display trafficalong the saved routes.
208
PS081IO
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC INFORMATION
A list of current traffic information canbe displayed along with information onthe incident’s distance and position rel-ative to the vehicle.
![Page 208: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
208
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Traffic Information”screen. (→P.207)
2 Select “Predictive Traffic Map”.
3 Scroll the map to the desired point andset the time of predictive traffic infor-mation.
The time of the predictive traffic informa-tion can be displayed in 15-minute stepsup to +45 minutes.
“ ”: Moves the time forward 15 minutes.
“ ”: Moves the time back 15 minutes.
1 Display the “Traffic Information”screen. (→P.207)
2 Select “My Traffic Routes”.
If map data has been updated, a confirma-tion screen will be displayed. Select “OK”or “Do Not Tell Me Again”.
3 Select the desired route.
“Options”: Select to add, edit or deletepersonal routes. (→P.252)
If routes have not been registered yet, aconfirmation screen will be displayed.Select “Yes” to register the route.
4 Select the desired traffic information.
DISPLAYING PREDICTIVE TRAFFIC INFORMATION
A map with predictive traffic data canbe displayed.
MY TRAFFIC ROUTES
Traffic information along the savedroutes can be displayed. To use thisfunction, it is necessary to register aroute. (→P.253)
![Page 209: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
209
1. BASIC OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
5 Check that the traffic information is dis-played.
“Detail”: Select to display detailed trafficinformation.
1 Select “Options” on the map screen.
2 Select “Map Information”.
3 Select “Traffic Information”.When set to on, the indicator will illumi-
nate.
4 Check that the traffic information is dis-played.
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC INFORMATION ON THE MAP
No. Information/Function
The icons show traffic incident, roadrepair, traffic obstacles, etc. Select todisplay traffic information and startvoice guidance for the traffic informa-tion.
The color of the arrow changes de-pending on the traffic information re-ceived.
The indicator is displayed as follows.
: Traffic information hasbeen received.
: Traffic information hasbeen received via HD.No icon: Traffic information has notbeen received.
INFORMATION● Traffic information may take some time
to load after the system is turned on.
![Page 210: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
210
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
1. DESTINATION SEARCH SCREEN
The “Destination” screen enables to search for a destination. To display the “Des-tination” screen, press the “APPS” button, and select “Navigation” on the “Apps”screen. Then select “Dest.” on the map screen.
![Page 211: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
211
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
No. Function Page
Select to search for a destination by address. 214
Select to search for a destination by point of interest. 215
Select to search for a destination from previously set destinations. 218
Select to search for a destination from a registered entry in “Addressbook”.
218
Select to search for a destination by online database. 273
Select to search for a destination from emergency service points. 219
Select to search for a destination by intersection or freeway entrance/exit.
219
Select to search for a destination by the last displayed map. 221
Select to search for a destination by coordinates. 221
Select to set a destination by home. 213
Select to set a destination from preset destinations. 213
Select to delete set destinations. 233
![Page 212: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
212
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. SEARCH OPERATION
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Navigation”.
3 Select “Dest.”.
4 Search for a destination.
There are different kinds of methods tosearch for a destination. (→P.210)
5 Select “Go” when the confirm destina-tion screen is displayed.
PS081IONo. Function
Select to adjust the position in small-er increments. (→P.202)
Select to register as a memory point.
Select to call the registered number.
Select to search for the route. (→P.222)If a destination has already beenset, “Go Directly” and “Add toRoute” will be displayed.“Go Directly”: Select to delete theexisting destination(s) and set a newone.“Add to Route”: Select to add adestination.
![Page 213: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
213
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Address”, “Point of Interest”or “Intersection & Freeway”.
3 Select “Select State/Province” or“Change State/Province”.
If a state (province) has not been selectedyet, “Select State/Province” is dis-played.
4 Select the desired state (province).
To change countries, select the “UnitedStates”, “Canada” or “Mexico” tab.
For map database information andupdates: →P.260
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Go Home”.
The navigation system performs a searchfor the route and the entire route map isdisplayed. (→P.222)
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select any of the preset destinationbuttons (1-5).
The navigation system performs a searchfor the route and the entire route map isdisplayed. (→P.222)
SELECTING SEARCH AREA
The selected state (province) can bechanged to set a destination from adifferent state (province) by using“Address”, “Point of Interest” or“Intersection & Freeway”.
SETTING HOME AS DESTINATION
To use this function, it is necessary toregister a home address. (→P.237)
SETTING PRESET DESTINATIONS AS DESTINATION
To use this function, it is necessary toregister preset destinations to thepreset screen buttons (1-5). (→P.238)
![Page 214: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
214
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Address”.
3 Select the desired search method.
1 Select “City”.
2 Enter a city name and select “OK”.“Last 5 Cities”: Select the city name fromthe list of the last 5 cities.
3 Select the desired city name.
4 Enter a street name and select “OK”.
5 Select the desired street name.
6 Enter a house number and select“OK”.
If the same address exists, the addresslist screen will be displayed. Select thedesired address.
1 Select “Street Address”.
2 Enter a house number and select“OK”.
3 Enter a street name and select “OK”.
4 Select the desired street name.
5 Enter a city name and select “OK”.
6 Select the desired city name. If the same address exists, the address
list screen will be displayed. Select thedesired address.
SEARCHING BY ADDRESS
There are 2 methods to search for adestination by address.
No. Function Page
Select to search by city. 214
Select to search by streetaddress. 214
SEARCHING BY CITY
SEARCHING BY STREET ADDRESS
INFORMATION● A street name can be searched using
only the body part of its name.For example: S WESTERN AVE• A search can be performed by entering
“S WESTERN AVE”, “WESTERN AVE”or “WESTERN”.
![Page 215: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
215
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Point of Interest”.
3 Select the desired search method.
1 Select “Name”.
2 Enter a POI name and select “OK”.
3 Select the desired POI.
When entering the name of a specific POI,and there are 2 or more sites with thesame name, the list screen will be dis-played. Select the desired POI.
SEARCHING BY POINT OF INTEREST
There are 3 methods to search for adestination by Points of Interest.
No. Function Page
Select to search by name. 215
Select to search by catego-ry. 216
Select to search by phonenumber. 217
SEARCHING BY NAME
No. Function Page
Select to search for POI inthe desired city. 216
Select to search for POIfrom the category list. 216
INFORMATION● To search for a facility name using multi-
ple search words, put a space betweeneach word.
![Page 216: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
216
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■SELECTING A CITY TO SEARCH
1 Select “City”.
2 Enter a city name and select “OK”.
“Any City”: Select to cancel the city set-ting.
3 Select the desired city name.
4 Select the desired POI.
■SELECTING FROM THE CATEGO-RIES
1 Select “Category”.
2 Select the desired category.
If there is more than 1 detailed item of theselected category, the detailed list will bedisplayed.
“List All Categories”: Select to display allPOI categories.
3 Select the desired POI.
1 Select “Category”.
2 Select the desired search point.
3 Select the desired POI category.
If there is more than 1 detailed item of theselected category, the detailed list will bedisplayed.
SEARCHING BY CATEGORY
No. Function
Select to set the search point fromnear the current position.
Select to search for POIs along theset route.
Select to set the search point fromnear a city center. (→P.217)
Select to set the search point fromnear a destination.
![Page 217: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
217
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
“List All Categories”: Select to display allPOI categories.“Favorite POI Categories”: Select to usethe 6 POIs that have been previously set.(→P.247)
4 Select the desired POI.
When “Near a City Center in XX*” is se-lected
1 Select “Near a City Center in XX”.
2 Enter a city name and select “OK”.“Last 5 Cities”: Select the city name fromthe list of the last 5 cities.
3 Select the desired city name.
4 Select “OK” when the city center mapscreen is displayed.
5 Follow the steps from 3 onward in“SEARCHING BY CATEGORY”.(→P.216)
*:XX represents the selected search areaname.
1 Select “Phone #”.
2 Enter a phone number and select“OK”.
If there is more than 1 site with the samenumber, the list screen will be displayed. INFORMATION
● The names of POIs located withinapproximately 200 miles (320 km) fromthe selected search point can be dis-played.
INFORMATION● If the navigation system has never been
used, selecting the city name from “Last5 Cities” will not be available.
SEARCHING BY PHONE NUMBER
INFORMATION● If there is no match for the entered
phone number, a list of identical num-bers with different area codes will be dis-played.
![Page 218: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
218
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Previous Destinations”.
3 Select the desired destination.
“Previous Start Point”: Select to displaythe start point map of the previous guidedroute.“Delete”: Select to delete the previousdestination. (→P.245)
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Address Book”.
3 Select the desired address book entry.
SEARCHING FROM PREVIOUS DESTINATIONS
INFORMATION● The previous start point and up to 100
previously set destinations are displayedon the screen.
SEARCHING BY ADDRESS BOOK
To use this function, it is necessary toregister an address book entry.(→P.240)
“Options”: Select to register or editaddress book entries. (→P.241)
![Page 219: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
219
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Emergency”.
3 Select the desired emergency catego-ry.
4 Select the desired destination.
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Intersection & Freeway”.
3 Select the desired method.
SEARCHING BY EMERGENCY
INFORMATION● The navigation system does not guide in
areas where route guidance is unavail-able. (→P.258)
SEARCHING BY INTERSECTION AND FREEWAY
There are 2 methods to search for adestination by Intersection & Freeway.
No. Function Page
Select to search by inter-section. 220
Select to search by free-way entrance/exit. 220
![Page 220: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
220
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Intersection”.
2 Enter the name of the first intersectingstreet which is located near the desti-nation and select “OK”.
3 Select the desired street name.
4 Enter the name of the second inter-secting street and select “OK”.
5 Select the desired street name. If the 2 streets cross at more than 1 inter-
section in a city, the list of intersections willbe displayed.
1 Select “Freeway Entrance / Exit”.
2 Enter a freeway name and select“OK”.
3 Select the desired freeway.
4 Select “Entrance” or “Exit”.
5 Enter a freeway entrance or exit nameand select “OK”.
6 Select the desired entrance or exitname.
SEARCHING BY INTERSECTION
SEARCHING BY FREEWAY ENTRANCE/EXIT
INFORMATION● Be sure to use the complete name of the
freeway or highway, including thehyphen, when entering the destination.Freeways and interstates use an “I” (I-405). US highways use the state desig-nation before the number (CA-118).
![Page 221: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
221
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Map”.
3 Scroll the map to the desired point and
select “Go to ”.
“Adjust Location”: Select to adjust theposition in smaller increments. (→P.202)
If a destination has already been set, “Goto ” and “Add to Route” will be dis-played.
“Go to ”: Select to delete the existingdestination(s) and set a new one.
“Add to Route”: Select to add a destina-tion.
The navigation system performs a searchfor the route and the entire route map isdisplayed. (→P.222)
1 Display the “Destination” screen.(→P.212)
2 Select “Coordinates”.
3 Enter the latitude and longitude andselect “OK”.
SEARCHING BY MAP
By selecting “Map” the last displayedlocation is displayed again on the mapscreen. You can search for a destina-tion from this map.
SEARCHING BY COORDINATES
![Page 222: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
222
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE
1 Select “OK” to start guidance.
When the destination is set, the entireroute map from the current position tothe destination is displayed.
STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE
No. Information/Function
Select the desired route from 3 pos-sible routes. (→P.223)
Select to change the route.(→P.224)
Select to display a list of the turns re-quired to reach the destination.(→P.224)
Current position
Destination point
Type of route and its distance
Distance of the entire route
Select to start guidance.If “OK” is selected and held until abeep sounds, demo mode will start.Press the “HOME” or “APPS” but-ton to end demo mode.
WARNING
● Be sure to obey traffic regulations andkeep road conditions in mind while driv-ing. If a traffic sign on the road has beenchanged, the route guidance may notindicate such changed information.
INFORMATION● The route for returning may not be the
same as that for going.● The route guidance to the destination
may not be the shortest route or a routewithout traffic congestion.
● Route guidance may not be available ifthere is no road data for the specifiedlocation.
● When setting the destination on a mapwith a scale more than 0.5 mile (800 m),the map scale changes to 0.5 miles (800m) automatically. If this occurs, set thedestination again.
● If a destination that is not located on aroad is set, the vehicle will be guided tothe point on a road nearest to the desti-nation. The road nearest to the selectedpoint is set as the destination.
No. Information/Function
![Page 223: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
223
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Select “3 Routes”.
2 Select the desired route.
■DISPLAYING 3 ROUTES INFORMA-TION
1 Select “Info”.
2 Check that the “3 Route Information”screen is displayed.
3 ROUTES SELECTION
No. Function
Select to display the quickest route.
Select to display the route that is theshortest distance to the set destina-tion.
Select to display the alternativeroute.
Select to display the informationabout the 3 routes. (→P.223)
No. Information
Time necessary for the entire trip
Distance of the entire trip
Distance of the toll road
Distance of the freeway
Distance of the ferry trip
![Page 224: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
224
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Turn List”.
2 Check that the turn list is displayed.
1 Select “Edit Route”.
2 Select the desired item.
DISPLAYING TURN LIST
A list of turn information from the cur-rent position to the destination can bedisplayed.
No. Information
Current position
Distance to the next turn
Turn direction at the intersection
Select to display the map of the se-lected point.
INFORMATION● However, not all road names on the
route may appear on the list. If a roadchanges its name without requiring aturn (such as on a street that runsthrough 2 or more cities), the namechange will not appear on the list. Thestreet names will be displayed in orderfrom the starting point, along with thedistance to the next turn.
EDITING ROUTE
Destinations can be added, reorderedor deleted, and conditions for the routeto the destination can be changed.
No. Function Page
Select to add destinations. 233
Select to delete destina-tions. 233
Select to reorder destina-tions. 233
Select to set route prefer-ences. 234
Select to change routetype. 234
![Page 225: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
225
2. DESTINATION SEARCH
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Select “Options” on the map screen.
2 Select “Pause Guidance”.
1 Select “Resume Guidance”.
INFORMATION● Even if the “Freeways” indicator is
dimmed, the route cannot avoid includ-ing a freeway in some cases. (→P.234)
● If the calculated route includes a trip byferry, the route guidance shows a searoute. After traveling by ferry, the currentposition may be incorrect. Upon recep-tion of GPS signals, it is automaticallycorrected.
PAUSING GUIDANCE
RESUMING GUIDANCE
![Page 226: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
226
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
1. ROUTE GUIDANCE SCREEN
1 Select the route information bar ( ) or
the route information button ( ) tochange the display of the route infor-mation bar.
During the route guidance, varioustypes of guidance screens can be dis-played depending on conditions.
SCREEN FOR ROUTE GUIDANCE
No. Information/Function
Distance to the next turn and an ar-row indicating the turning direction
Guidance route
Current position
Current street name or route infor-mation
INFORMATION● If the vehicle goes off the guidance
route, the route is searched again.● For some areas, the roads have not
been completely digitized in our data-base. For this reason, the route guid-ance may select a road that should notbe traveled on.
● When arriving at the set destination thedestination name will be displayed onthe upper part of the screen.
CHANGING ROUTE INFORMATION BAR
When the vehicle is on the guidanceroute, the route information bar dis-plays the current street name or thedistance with the estimated travel/ar-rival time to the destination.
No. Information/Function
Select to change the display be-tween the estimated travel time andthe estimated arrival time.
Select to change the display be-tween the current street name andthe distance with the estimated trav-el/arrival time.
![Page 227: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
227
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Select the route information bar.
2 Check that the list of the distance andtime is displayed.
By selecting one of the number buttons,the desired route information is displayed.
1 Select “Options” on the map screen.
2 Select “Route Overview”.
3 Check that the entire route map is dis-played.
For details about this screen: →P.222
INFORMATION● When the vehicle is on the guidance
route, the distance measured along theroute is displayed. Travel time andarrival time are calculated based on theaverage speed for the specified speedlimit.
● When the vehicle gets off the guidanceroute, the arrow facing the destination isdisplayed instead of the estimatedtravel/arrival time.
● The route information bar fills from left toright as the vehicle progresses on theroute.
DISTANCE AND TIME TO DESTINATION
When driving on the guidance routewith more than 1 destination set, a listof the distance with estimated travel/arrival time from the current position toeach destination is displayed.
ROUTE OVERVIEW
The entire route from the current posi-tion to the destination can be displayedduring the route guidance.
![Page 228: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
228
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
DURING FREEWAY DRIVING
During freeway driving, the freewayexit information screen will be dis-played.
No./Icon Information/Function
Distance and time from the currentposition to the freeway exit/rest area
Name of the freeway exit/rest area
POIs that are close to a freeway exit.
Select to display the selected map ofthe exit vicinity.
Select to display the nearest free-way exit/rest area from the currentposition.
Select to scroll to farther freewayexit/rest area
Select to scroll to closer freewayexit/rest area
WHEN APPROACHING FREEWAY EXIT OR JUNCTION
When the vehicle approaches an exitor junction, the freeway guidancescreen will be displayed.
No. Information/Function
Next exit or junction name
Distance from the current position tothe exit or junction
Select to hide the freeway guidancescreen. To return to the freeway
guidance screen, select .
Remaining distance bar to the guid-ance point
![Page 229: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
229
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
TOLLGATE GUIDANCE
When the vehicle approaches a toll-gate, the tollgate view will be dis-played.
No. Information/Function
Distance from the current position tothe tollgate
Select to hide the tollgate guidancescreen. To return to the tollgate
guidance screen, select .
Remaining distance bar to the guid-ance point
WHEN APPROACHING INTERSECTION
When the vehicle approaches an inter-section, the intersection guidancescreen will be displayed.
No. Information/Function
Next street name
Distance to the intersection
Select to hide the intersection guid-ance screen. To return to the inter-section guidance screen, select
.
Remaining distance bar to the guid-ance point
![Page 230: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
230
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Turn List” on the “Map Mode”screen. (→P.199)
2 Check that the turn list screen is dis-played.
1 Select “Turn-by-Turn Arrow” on the“Map Mode” screen. (→P.199)
2 Check that the turn-by-turn arrowscreen is displayed.
TURN LIST SCREEN
No. Information/Function
Turn direction
Distance between turns
Next street or destination name
TURN-BY-TURN ARROW SCREEN
On this screen, information about thenext turn on the guidance route can bedisplayed.
No. Information/Function
Exit number or street name
Turn direction
Distance to the next turn
![Page 231: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
231
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
2. TYPICAL VOICE GUIDANCE PROMPTS
As the vehicle approaches an intersec-tion, or point, where maneuvering thevehicle is necessary, the system’svoice guidance will provide variousmessages.
WARNING
● Be sure to obey the traffic regulationsand keep the road condition in mindespecially when you are driving on IPDroads (roads that are not completely dig-itized in our database). The route guid-ance may not have the updatedinformation such as the direction of aone way street.
INFORMATION● If a voice guidance command cannot be
heard, select on the map screento hear it again.
● To adjust the voice guidance volume: →P.63
● Voice guidance may be made early orlate.
● If the system cannot determine the cur-rent position correctly, you may not hearvoice guidance or may not see the mag-nified intersection on the screen.
![Page 232: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
232
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. EDITING ROUTE
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Navigation”.
3 Select “Options”.
4 Select “Edit Route”.
5 Select the item to be set.
6 Check that the entire route map is dis-played. (→P.222)
PS081IONo. Function Page
Select to add destinations. 233
Select to delete destina-tions.
233
Select to reorder destina-tions.
233
Select to set route prefer-ences.
234
Select to change routetype.
234
Select to set detours. 235
![Page 233: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
233
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Add”.
3 Search for an additional destination inthe same way as a destination search.(→P.210)
4 Select “Add Destination Here” to in-sert the new destination into the route.
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Reorder”.
3 Select the desired destination and se-lect “Move Up” or “Move Down” tochange the arrival order. Then select“OK”.
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
When more than 1 destination has beenset, a list will be displayed on the screen.Select the item(s) to be deleted.
“Delete All”: Select to delete all destina-tions on the list.
If more than 1 destination has been set,the system will recalculate the route(s) tothe set destination(s) as necessary.
ADDING DESTINATIONS REORDERING DESTINATIONS
When more than 1 destination hasbeen set, the arrival order of the desti-nations can be changed.
DELETING DESTINATIONS
![Page 234: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
234
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Preferences”.
3 Select the desired route preferencesand select “OK”.
When set to on, the indicator will illumi-nate.
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Route Type”.
3 Select the desired route type.
During driving, the route guidance startsafter selecting the desired route type.
4 The entire route from the starting pointto the destination is displayed.
For details about this screen: →P.222
SETTING ROUTE PREFERENCES
The conditions to determine the routecan be selected from various choicessuch as freeways, toll roads, ferries,etc.
SELECTING ROUTE TYPE
![Page 235: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
235
3. ROUTE GUIDANCE
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Display the “Edit Route” screen.(→P.232)
2 Select “Detour”.
3 Select the desired detour distance.
DETOUR SETTING
During the route guidance, the routecan be changed to detour around asection of the route where a delay iscaused by road repairs, an accident,etc.
No. Function
Select to detour the route for thenext 1 mile.
Select to detour the route for thenext 3 miles.
Select to detour the route for thenext 5 miles.
Select to detour the entire route.
Select to make the system searchfor the route based on traffic con-gestion information received fromtraffic information. (→P.207)If the “Auto Avoid Traffic” setting is“Off”, this function does not work.(→P.251)
INFORMATION
● This picture shows an example of howthe system would guide around a delaycaused by a traffic jam.
This position indicates the location of atraffic jam caused by road repairs, anaccident, etc.
This route indicates the detour sug-gested by the system.
● When the vehicle is on a freeway, thedetour distance selections are 5, 15 and25 miles (or 5, 15 and 25 km if units arein km).
● The system may not be able to calculatea detour route depending on theselected distance and surrounding roadconditions.
No. Function
![Page 236: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
236
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
4. MEMORY POINTS
1. MEMORY POINTS SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Navigation”.
4 Select the desired item to be set.Home, preset destinations, addressbook entries, areas to avoid can be setas memory points. The registeredpoints can be used as the destinations.(→P.210)
Registered areas to avoid, will beavoided when the system searches fora route.
PS081IO
No. Function Page
Select to set home. 237
Select to set preset desti-nations.
238
Select to set the addressbook.
240
Select to set areas toavoid.
243
Select to delete previousdestinations.
245
Select to set detailed navi-gation settings.
246
![Page 237: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
237
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Navigation Settings”screen. (→P.236)
2 Select “Home”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.
1 Select “Set Home”.
2 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
3 Select “OK” when the editing homescreen appears.
1 Select “Edit”.
2 Select the desired item to be edited.
3 Select “OK”.
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
SETTING UP HOME
If home has been registered, that infor-mation can be recalled by selecting“Go Home” on the “Destination”screen. (→P.213)
No. Function Page
Select to register home. 237
Select to edit home. 237
Select to delete home. 237
REGISTERING HOME
EDITING HOME
No. Function Page
Select to edit the homename.
242
Select to set display of thehome name on/off.
⎯
Select to edit location infor-mation.
242
Select to edit the phonenumber.
242
Select to change the iconto be displayed on the mapscreen.
241
DELETING HOME
![Page 238: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
238
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Navigation Settings”screen. (→P.236)
2 Select “Preset Destinations”.
3 Select the desired item.
1 Select “Set”.
2 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
3 Select a position for this preset desti-nation.
4 Select “OK” when the editing presetdestination screen appears. (→P.239)
SETTING UP PRESET DESTINATIONS
If a preset destination has been regis-tered, that information can be recalledby using preset destinations on the“Destination” screen. (→P.213)
No. Function Page
Select to register a presetdestination. 238
Select to edit a preset des-tination. 239
Select to delete a presetdestination. 239
REGISTERING PRESET DESTINATIONS
INFORMATION● Up to 5 preset destinations can be regis-
tered.
![Page 239: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
239
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Select “Edit”.
2 Select the desired preset destination.
3 Select the item to be edited.
4 Select “OK”.
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select the preset destination to be de-leted and select “Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
EDITING PRESET DESTINATIONS
No. Function Page
Select to edit the presetdestination name.
242
Select to set display of thepreset destination nameon/off.
⎯
Select to edit location infor-mation.
242
Select to edit the phonenumber.
242
Select to change the iconto be displayed on the mapscreen.
241
DELETING PRESET DESTINATIONS
![Page 240: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
240
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Navigation Settings”screen. (→P.236)
2 Select “Address Book”.
3 Select the desired item.
1 Select “New”.
2 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
3 Select “OK” when the editing addressbook entry screen appears. (→P.241)
SETTING UP ADDRESS BOOK
Points on the map can be registered.
No. Function Page
Select to register addressbook entries. 240
Select to edit address bookentries. 241
Select to delete addressbook entries. 242
REGISTERING ADDRESS BOOK ENTRIES
INFORMATION● Up to 100 address book entries can be
registered.
![Page 241: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
241
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Select “Edit”.
2 Select the desired address book entry.
3 Select the item to be edited.
4 Select “OK”.
■CHANGING THE ICON
1 Select “Edit” next to the “Icon”.
2 Select the desired icon.
Change pages by selecting the “Page 1”,“Page 2” or “With Sound” tab.
“With Sound”: Select the memory pointswith a sound
EDITING ADDRESS BOOK ENTRIES
The icon, name, location and/or phonenumber of a registered address bookentry can be edited.
No. Function Page
Select to edit the addressbook entry name.
242
Select to set display of theaddress book entry nameon/off.
⎯
Select to edit location infor-mation.
242
Select to edit the phonenumber.
242
Select to change the iconto be displayed on the mapscreen.
241
![Page 242: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
242
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
When the “With Sound” tab is selected
1 Select the “With Sound” tab.
2 Select the desired sound icon.
: Select to play the sound.When “Bell (with Direction)” is selected,
select an arrow to adjust the direction andselect “OK”.
■CHANGING THE NAME
1 Select “Edit” next to “Name”.
2 Enter a name and select “OK”.
■CHANGING THE LOCATION
1 Select “Edit” next to “Location”.
2 Scroll the map to the desired point(→P.202) and select “OK”.
■CHANGING PHONE NUMBER
1 Select “Edit” next to “Phone #”.
2 Enter the phone number and select“OK”.
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select the item to be deleted and select“Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
A sound for some address book entriescan be set. When the vehicle ap-proaches the location of the addressbook entry, the selected sound will beheard.
INFORMATION● The bell sounds only when the vehicle
approaches this point in the directionthat has been set.
DELETING ADDRESS BOOK ENTRIES
![Page 243: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
243
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Display the “Navigation Settings”screen. (→P.236)
2 Select “Areas to Avoid”.
3 Select the desired item.
1 Select “New”.
2 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
3 Select either or tochange the size of the area to be avoid-ed and select “OK”.
4 Select “OK” when the editing area toavoid screen appears.
SETTING UP AREAS TO AVOID
Areas to be avoided because of trafficjams, construction work or other rea-sons can be registered as “Areas toAvoid”.
No. Function Page
Select to register areas toavoid. 243
Select to edit areas toavoid. 244
Select to delete areas toavoid. 245
REGISTERING AREAS TO AVOID
INFORMATION● If a destination is entered in the area to
avoid or the route calculation cannot bemade without running through the areato avoid, a route passing through thearea to be avoided may be shown.
● Up to 10 locations can be registered aspoints/areas to avoid.
![Page 244: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
244
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Edit”.
2 Select the area and select “OK”.
3 Select the item to be edited.
4 Select “OK”.
■CHANGING THE NAME
1 Select “Edit” next to “Name”.
2 Enter a name and select “OK”.
■CHANGING THE LOCATION
1 Select “Edit” next to “Location”.
2 Scroll the map to the desired point(→P.202) and select “OK”.
■CHANGING THE AREA SIZE
1 Select “Edit” next to “Size”.
2 Select either or tochange the size of the area to be avoid-ed and select “OK”.
EDITING AREAS TO AVOID
The name, location and/or area size ofa registered area can be edited.
No. Function Page
Select to edit the name ofthe area to avoid.
244
Select to set display of thearea to avoid name on/off.
⎯
Select to edit area location. 244
Select to edit area size. 244
Select to set the area toavoid function on/off.
⎯
![Page 245: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
245
4. MEMORY POINTS
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select the area to be deleted and se-lect “Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
1 Display the “Navigation Settings”screen. (→P.236)
2 Select “Delete Previous Dest.”.
3 Select the previous destination to bedeleted and select “Delete”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
DELETING AREAS TO AVOID
DELETING PREVIOUS DESTINATIONS
Previous destinations can be deleted.
![Page 246: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
246
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
5. SETUP
1. DETAILED NAVIGATION SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Navigation”.
4 Select “Detailed Navi. Settings”.
5 Select the items to be set.
6 Select “OK”.
Settings are available for pop-up infor-mation, favorite POI categories, lowfuel warning, etc.
PS081IO
SCREENS FOR NAVIGATION SETTINGS
![Page 247: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
247
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Detailed Navi. Settings”
screen. (→P.246)
2 Select “Favorite POI Categories”.
3 Select the category to be changed.
“Default”: Select to set the default catego-ries.
4 Select the desired POI category.
“List All Categories”: Select to display allPOI categories.
5 Select the desired POI icon.
No. Function Page
Select to set the voice guid-ance for the next streetname on/off.
⎯
Select to set IPD road guid-ance on/off.
⎯
Select to set favorite POIcategories that are used forPOI selection to display onthe map screen.
247
Select to adjust the currentposition mark manually orto adjust miscalculation ofthe distance caused by tirereplacement.
248
Select to set display of pop-up information on/off.
⎯
Select to set display of lowfuel warning on/off.
249
Select to reset all setupitems.
⎯
FAVORITE POI CATEGORIES (SELECT POI ICONS)
Up to 6 POI icons, which are used forselecting POIs on the map screen, canbe selected as favorites.
![Page 248: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
248
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Detailed Navi. Settings”
screen. (→P.246)
2 Select “Calibration”.
3 Select the desired item.
■POSITION/DIRECTION CALIBRA-TION
1 Select “Position / Direction”.
2 Scroll the map to the desired point(→P.202) and select “OK”.
3 Select an arrow to adjust the directionof the current position mark and select“OK”.
CURRENT POSITION/TIRE CHANGE CALIBRATION
The current position mark can be ad-justed manually. Miscalculation of thedistance caused by tire replacementcan also be adjusted.
For additional information on the accu-racy of a current position: →P.257
When driving, the current positionmark will be automatically corrected byGPS signals. If GPS reception is poordue to location, the current positionmark can be adjusted manually.
![Page 249: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
249
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
■TIRE CHANGE CALIBRATION
1 Select “Tire Change”. The message appears and the quick dis-
tance calibration starts automatically.
1 Display the “Detailed Navi. Settings”screen. (→P.246)
2 Select “Low Fuel Warning Pop-up”.
■SEARCHING GAS STATION IN LOWFUEL WARNING
1 Select “Yes” when the low fuel warn-ing appears.
2 Select the desired nearby gas station.
3 Select “Enter ” to set as a destina-tion.
“Info”: Select to display gas station infor-mation. (→P.205)
The tire change calibration function willbe used when replacing the tires. Thisfunction will adjust miscalculationcaused by the circumference differ-ence between the old and new tires.
INFORMATION● If this procedure is not performed when
the tires are replaced, the current posi-tion mark may be incorrectly displayed.
LOW FUEL WARNING POP-UP
When the fuel level is low, a warningmessage will pop up on the screen.
A nearby gas station can be selectedas a destination.
![Page 250: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
250
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. TRAFFIC SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Traffic”.
4 Select the items to be set.
5 Select “OK”.
Traffic information such as traffic con-gestion or traffic incident warnings canbe made available.
PS081IO
SCREEN FOR TRAFFIC SETTINGS
No. Function
Select to set specific routes (such asfrequently used routes) on whichyou wish to receive traffic informa-tion. (→P.252)
Select to set the avoid traffic func-tion auto/manual. (→P.251)
Select to set the usage of traffic in-formation for the estimated arrivaltime on/off.
Select to set the display of an arrowof free flowing traffic on/off.
Select to set to on/off whether toconsider the predictive traffic infor-mation (→P.208) with estimated ar-rival time and detoured routesearch.
![Page 251: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
251
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
1 Display the “Traffic Settings” screen.(→P.250)
2 Select “Avoid Traffic”.
3 Select the desired item.
4 Select “OK”.
Select to set of traffic incident voicewarning on/off.
Select to reset all setup items.
No. Function AUTO AVOID TRAFFIC
No. Function
Select to automatically changeroutes when congestion informationof the guidance route has been re-ceived.
Select to select manually whether ornot to change routes when conges-tion information of the guidanceroute has been received. In thismode, a screen will appear to ask ifyou wish to reroute.
Select to not reroute when conges-tion information for the guidanceroute has been received.
![Page 252: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
252
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■CHANGING THE ROUTE MANUAL-LY
1 Select the desired item.
1 Display the “Traffic Settings” screen.(→P.250)
2 Select “My Traffic Routes”.
3 Select the desired item.
When the navigation system calcu-lates a new route, the following screenwill be displayed.
No. Function
Select to start route guidance usingthe new route.
Select to confirm the new route andcurrent route on the map.
Select to continue the current routeguidance.
MY TRAFFIC ROUTES
Specific routes (such as frequentlyused routes) on which you wish to re-ceive traffic information can be regis-tered as “My Traffic Routes”. A route isset by defining a start point and endpoint, and can be adjusted by settingup to 2 preferred roads.
No. Function Page
Select to register personalroutes.
253
Select to edit personalroutes.
253
Select to delete personalroutes.
254
![Page 253: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
253
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
1 Select “New”.
2 Select “Edit” next to “Name”.
3 Enter the name and select “OK”.
4 Select “Edit” next to “Start”.
5 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
6 Select “Edit” next to “End”.
7 Select the desired item to search forthe location. (→P.210)
8 Select “OK” when the editing trafficroute screen appears.
The routes can be adjusted by setting pre-ferred roads. (→P.254)
1 Select “Edit”.
2 Select the desired traffic route.
3 Select “Edit” next to the item to be ed-ited.
4 Select “OK”. The entire route map will be displayed.
REGISTERING PERSONAL ROUTES
INFORMATION● Up to 5 routes can be registered.
EDITING PERSONAL ROUTES
No. Function Page
Select to edit the name ofthe personal route.
253Select to edit start location.
Select to edit end location.
Select to see and modifythe entire route. 254
![Page 254: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
254
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select the traffic route to be deletedand select “Delete”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
1 Select “Set Preferred Roads”.
2 Select the desired item.
DELETING PERSONAL ROUTES
SETTING PREFERRED ROADS
“My Traffic Routes” can be adjusted bysetting up to 2 preferred roads.
No. Function Page
Select to add preferredroads.
255
Select to modify preferredroads.
255
Select to delete preferredroads.
256
![Page 255: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
255
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIG
AT
ION
SY
ST
EM
7
■ADDING PREFERRED ROADS
1 Select “Add”.
If two preferred roads are already set,select “Yes” and delete a preferred roadbefore add a new one.
2 Scroll the map to the desired point andselect “OK”.
3 Select “OK” to use this road.
“Next”: Select to change road.
4 Select “Add Here” for the desired lo-cation.
If a preferred road is already set, a secondpreferred road can be added anywherebetween the start point, the end point andthe existing preferred road.
■MODIFYING PREFERRED ROADS
1 Select “Modify”.
2 Select the preferred road to be modi-fied if 2 preferred roads have been set.
3 Scroll the map to the desired point andselect “OK”.
4 Select “OK” to use this road.
“Next”: Select to change road.
![Page 256: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
256
5. SETUP
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■DELETING PREFERRED ROADS
1 Select “Delete”.
2 Select the preferred road to be deletedif 2 preferred roads have been set.
“Delete All”: Select to delete all preferredroads on the list.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmationscreen appears.
![Page 257: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
257
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
1. GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)
The Global Positioning System (GPS) de-veloped and operated by the U.S. Depart-ment of Defense provides an accuratecurrent position, normally using 4 or moresatellites, and in some case 3 satellites.The GPS system has a certain level of in-accuracy. While the navigation systemcompensates for this most of the time, oc-casional positioning errors of up to 300 ft.(100 m) can and should be expected. Gen-erally, position errors will be correctedwithin a few seconds.
When the vehicle is receiving signals fromsatellites, the “GPS” mark appears at thetop left of the screen.The GPS signal may be physically ob-structed, leading to inaccurate vehicle po-sition on the map screen. Tunnels, tallbuildings, trucks, or even the placement ofobjects on the control panel may obstructthe GPS signals.The GPS satellites may not send signalsdue to repairs or improvements beingmade to them.Even when the navigation system is re-ceiving clear GPS signals, the vehicle po-sition may not be shown accurately orinappropriate route guidance may occur insome cases.
LIMITATIONS OF THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
This navigation system calculates thecurrent position using satellite signals,various vehicle signals, map data, etc.However, an accurate position may notbe shown depending on satellite condi-tions, road configuration, vehicle con-dition or other circumstances.
NOTICE
● The installation of window tinting mayobstruct the GPS signals. Most windowtinting contains some metallic contentthat will interfere with GPS signal recep-tion of the antenna in the instrumentpanel. We advise against the use of win-dow tinting on vehicles equipped withnavigation systems.
![Page 258: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
258
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Accurate current position may not beshown in the following cases:• When driving on a small angled Y-
shaped road.• When driving on a winding road.• When driving on a slippery road such as
in sand, gravel, snow, etc.• When driving on a long straight road.• When freeway and surface streets run in
parallel.• After moving by ferry or vehicle carrier.• When a long route is searched during
high speed driving.• When driving without setting the current
position calibration correctly.• After repeating a change of direction by
going forward and backward, or turningon a turntable in a parking lot.
• When leaving a covered parking lot orparking garage.
• When a roof carrier is installed.• When driving with tire chains installed.• When the tires are worn.• After replacing a tire or tires.• When using tires that are smaller or
larger than the factory specifications.• When the tire pressure in any of the 4
tires is not correct.
Inappropriate route guidance may occur inthe following cases:• When turning at an intersection off the
designated route guidance.• If you set more than 1 destination but
skip any of them, auto reroute will dis-play a route returning to the destinationon the previous route.
• When turning at an intersection for whichthere is no route guidance.
• When passing through an intersectionfor which there is no route guidance.
• During auto reroute, the route guidancemay not be available for the next turn tothe right or left.
• During high speed driving, it may take along time for auto reroute to operate. Inauto reroute, a detour route may beshown.
• After auto reroute, the route may not bechanged.
• If an unnecessary U-turn is shown orannounced.
• If a location has multiple names and thesystem announces 1 or more of them.
• When a route cannot be searched.• If the route to your destination includes
gravel, unpaved roads or alleys, theroute guidance may not be shown.
• Your destination point might be shownon the opposite side of the street.
• When a portion of the route has regula-tions prohibiting the entry of the vehiclethat vary by time or season or other rea-sons.
• The road and map data stored in thenavigation system may not be completeor may not be the latest version.
If the vehicle cannot receive GPS sig-nals, the current position can beadjusted manually. For information onsetting the current position calibration:→P.248
After replacing a tire: →P.249
![Page 259: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
259
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
INFORMATION● This navigation system uses tire turning
data and is designed to work with fac-tory-specified tires for the vehicle.Installing tires that are larger or smallerthan the originally equipped diametermay cause inaccurate display of the cur-rent position. The tire pressure alsoaffects the diameter of the tires, so makesure that the tire pressure of all 4 tires iscorrect.
![Page 260: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
260
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
2. MAP DATABASE VERSION AND COVERED AREA
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Navigation”.
3 Select “Options”.
4 Select “Map Data”.
5 Check that the map data screen is dis-played.
MAP INFORMATION
Coverage areas and legal informationcan be displayed and map data can beupdated.
PS081IO
No. Function
Map version
Select to display map coverage ar-eas.
Select to display legal information.
INFORMATION● Map data updates are available for a
fee. Contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther information.
![Page 261: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
261
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
NA
VIGA
TION
SYSTEM
7
ABOUT THE MAP DATA
Map data for the navigation system iscontained in a SD card that is insertedin the SD card slot. Do not eject the SD card, as doing somay deactivate the navigation system.
WARNING
● SD cards• Keep away from children. These are
small and if swallowed by a child theycan cause choking.
NOTICE
● Do not edit or delete the map data onthe SD card, as doing so may deactivatethe navigation system.
INFORMATION
● microSDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C,LLC.
PS093IO
![Page 262: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
262
6. TIPS FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 263: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
8
263
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1. Entune App Suite SERVICE ...... 264BEFORE USING THE FUNCTION ...... 266PREPARATION BEFORE USING
Entune App Suite .............................. 267
1. Entune App Suite ....................... 269USING Entune App Suite..................... 269LINKING Entune App Suite AND
NAVIGATION FUNCTION................. 273Entune App Suite KEYWORD
OPERATION ..................................... 274
1. Entune App Suite SETTINGS .... 276
1 Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
2 Entune App Suite OPERATION
3 SETUP
Entune App Suite*
*: Entune Premium Audio only (Available in the 48 states, D.C. and Alaska)
![Page 264: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
264
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
1. Entune App Suite SERVICE
Entune App Suite is a service that enables downloadable applications to be dis-played on and operated from the screen. Before Entune App Suite can be used, afew actions need to be performed first. (→P.267)
PS099IO
USB*1
![Page 265: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
265
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Entune App Suite
8
No. Name Function
Content provider Provides content to the system via a cellular phone.
Application server Provides downloadable application to the system via a cellularphone.
Cellular phone*2Using the Entune App Suite application, communication is re-layed between the system, the application server and the con-tents provider.
ApplicationsDownloaded Entune App Suite applications provide access toaudio/visual content from a content provider when connectedvia a compatible phone with a data connection.
Entune App SuiteContents received, via a cellular phone, from the contents pro-vider servers are displayed on the screen. The system isequipped with an application player to run applications.
*1: iPhone only*2: For known compatible phones, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
INFORMATION● The actual service availability is dependent on the network condition.
![Page 266: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
266
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
User registration is required to start usingthe Entune App Suite service.
Entune App suite does not require an acti-vation fee or monthly recurring fees.
Services requiring a separate contract canalso be used.*
*: For details, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ or call 1-800-331-4331.
Entune App Suite is available in the con-tiguous United States, D.C. and Alaska.
The following personal data can bedeleted from the system and returned totheir default settings:• Downloaded applications• Downloaded application content
BEFORE USING THE FUNCTION
SUBSCRIPTION
AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE
INFORMATION● When using Entune App Suite, depend-
ing on the details of your cellular phonecontract, data usage fees may apply.Confirm data usage fees before usingthis service.
● In this section, the required actions toactivate applications, connect a cellularphone to the system and registrationsteps for Entune App Suite areexplained. For details regarding EntuneApp Suite operations and each of theapplications, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
● The actual service availability is depen-dent on the network condition.
INITIALIZING PERSONAL DATA
The personal data used in applicationscan be removed from the system.(→P.62)
INFORMATION● Once initialized, data will be erased from
the system. Pay close attention wheninitializing the data.
![Page 267: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
267
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
En
tun
e Ap
p S
uite
8
Perform the following actions.
In order to use Entune App Suite, the fol-lowing actions must first be performed:
User registration with a service contract(→P.267)
Download the Entune App Suite applica-tion onto your cellular phone, and login tothe application. (→P.268)
Register a Bluetooth® phone with thehands-free system. (→P.44)
Download Entune App Suite applicationsto the system. (→P.270)
1 Perform user registration at http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
PREPARATION BEFORE USING Entune App Suite
SETUP REQUIRED TO USE Entune App Suite
1 User registration
2 Download the Entune App Suite ap-plication to your cellular phone.
3 Register the cellular phone to the sys-tem.
4 Download Entune App Suite applica-tions to the system.
USER REGISTRATION
![Page 268: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
268
1. Entune App Suite OVERVIEW
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Download the Entune App Suite appli-cation to your cellular phone.
2 Run the Entune App Suite applicationon your cellular phone.
3 Enter the information required into theEntune App Suite application. Login tothe application.
1 The actions on P.267 need to be per-formed before Entune App Suite appli-cations can be downloaded.
2 Once your phone is running the EntuneApp Suite application with a valid ac-count logged in and is connected to thesystem, an on-screen pop-up will bedisplayed offering to begin download-ing Entune App Suite applications tothe system. After download has start-ed, see P.271 for more information.
REGISTERING THE Entune App Suite APPLICATION
INFORMATION● Applications can only be used when the
Entune App Suite application has beendownloaded to your cellular phone andthe application is running.
● Entune App Suite operational proce-dures can also be confirmed by visiting http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
● In order to use applications, it is neces-sary to run the Entune App Suite appli-cation on your cellular phone.
● If an iPhone is connected via Bluetooth®
and USB at the same time, system oper-ation may become unstable. For knownphone compatibility information, refer tohttp://www.toyota.com/entune/.
DOWNLOADING Entune App Suite APPLICATIONS
![Page 269: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
269
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
En
tun
e Ap
p S
uite
8
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
1. Entune App Suite
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select the desired application button.USING Entune App Suite
Entune App Suite is a service that en-ables the usable contents of a cellularphone to be displayed on and operatedfrom the screen. Before Entune AppSuite can be used, a few actions needto be performed first. (→P.267)
For details about the function and ser-vice of each application, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
PS081IO
No. Function Page
Select to activate an appli-cation.
⎯
Select to update the appli-cation.
270
Select to reorder the appli-cations.
271
![Page 270: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
270
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
■DOWNLOADING THE UPDATEDDATA
1 Select “Update”.
2 Check that downloading is started.
“Download in Background”: Select tooperate other function while downloading.“Cancel”: Select to cancel updating.
3 Check that downloading is completed.UPDATING an application
When Entune App Suite is activated,an application may need to be updat-ed. By updating, an application can bekept to the latest version. When updat-ing the application, it is necessary todownload the updated data and installit.
If an update is available, “Update” canbe selected.
No. Function
Select to install the update later. Thescreen will return to the last dis-played screen. Installing the updat-ed data later: →P.271
Select to display detailed informa-tion about the updated data.
Select to install the updated data.Follow the steps “INSTALLING THEUPDATED DATA” from “STEP 2”.(→P.271)
INFORMATION● Application download time may vary
based on the speed of the cellular net-work.
● Application download can be resumedafter turning off and back on.
● Future mandatory updates will displayan on-screen pop-up when available.
● Entune App Suite function cannot beoperated while mandatory updatesdownloading.
![Page 271: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
271
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Entune App Suite
8
■INSTALLING THE UPDATED DATA
1 Select “Install”.
2 Select “Continue”.
“Later”: Select to postpone the installationof the updated data and go back to the pre-vious screen.
3 Check that installing is started.“Install in Background”: Select to oper-ate other function while installing.
4 Select “OK” after the installing is com-plete.
1 Display the “Apps” screen. (→P.269)
2 Select “Reorder”.
3 Select the desired application to bemoved.
4 Select or to move the ap-plication, and select “OK”.
After the downloading is complete,“Update” will be changed to “Install”.
INFORMATION● Entune App Suite function cannot be
operated while installing.
REORDERING THE APPLICATIONS
Order of the applications can bechanged.
![Page 272: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
272
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
IF A MESSAGE APPEARS ON THE SCREEN
When problems occur starting up the application player, a message will appear onthe screen. Referring to the table below to identify the problem, take the suggestedcorrective action. The following messages are only a few examples. If a messageother than the following is displayed, follow the instructions displayed on thescreen.
Message Display conditions Corrective action
“The Phone is not connected.For more information, pleasevisit toyota.com.”
The cellular phone cannot beconnected.
Refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ toconfirm if the phone is com-patible or not.
“To use the services, an ac-tive application needs to berunning on your phone. Formore information, please visittoyota.com.”
The Entune App Suite appli-cation cannot be connectedto Bluetooth® SPP.
Refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ toconfirm if the phone isBluetooth® SPP compatibleor not, and then activate theEntune App Suite application.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
INFORMATION● The actual messages displayed on screen may differ from the messages in this manual.
![Page 273: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
273
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Entune App Suite
8
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Navigation”.
3 Select “Dest.”.
4 Select “Web Search”.
5 Check that the “Web Search” screen isdisplayed.
1 Display the “Web Search” screen.(→P.273)
2 Select the desired application button tosearch.
3 Enter a search term, and select “GO”.
4 Select “Map”.
5 Select “Go to ”.
6 Select “OK” to start guidance.
LINKING Entune App Suite AND NAVIGATION FUNCTION
The system can set a destination andmake a hands-free call via Entune AppSuite. For details about the functionand service of each application, referto http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
PS081IO
SETTING A DESTINATION USING Entune App Suite
Locations that were searched usingEntune App Suite can be set as a des-tination.
For the operation of the route guidancescreen and the function of each screenbutton: →P.222
INFORMATION● Actual sequence may vary based on the
application.
![Page 274: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
274
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1 Display the “Web Search” screen.(→P.273)
2 Select the desired application button tosearch.
3 Enter a search term, and select “GO”.
4 Select “Call”.
5 Select “Yes”.
“Cancel”: Select to cancel making aphone call.
6 Check that the “Call” screen is dis-played.
1 Display the “Apps” screen. (→P.269)
2 Select the desired application button.
3 Select the character input space.
4 Enter a search term, and then select“OK”.
MAKING A PHONE CALL USING Entune App Suite
Phone calls can be made to locationswhich were searched using EntuneApp Suite.
For phone operation and the function ofeach screen button: →P.164
Entune App Suite KEYWORD OPERATION
Information can be entered to an appli-cation by the software keyboard orvoice recognition. For details about thefunction and service of each applica-tion, refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/.
The keyboard layout can be changed.(→P.57)
USING THE SOFTWARE KEYBOARD
![Page 275: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
275
2. Entune App Suite OPERATION
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
En
tun
e Ap
p S
uite
8
5 Entering characters will be reflected onthe character input space.
1 Display the “Apps” screen. (→P.269)
2 Select the desired application button.
3 Press the talk switch. (→P.134)
4 When this screen is displayed, say thedesired keyword.
Completion of saying the keyword will bedetected automatically.
5 Search results will be displayed on thescreen.
For details on operating the keyboard:→P.38
ENTERING A KEYWORD USING THE VOICE RECOGNITION FUNCTION
![Page 276: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
276
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
3. SETUP
1. Entune App Suite SETTINGS
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Select “Setup”.
3 Select “Entune”.
4 Select the items to be set.
5 Select “OK”.
The phone data plan pop-up can be setwhen a paid application is download-ed.
No. Function
Select to set the pop up reminder forcellular phone data usage.
Select to reset all setup items.
PS081IO
![Page 277: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
277
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
INDEX
![Page 278: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/278.jpg)
278
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
A
AM/FM radio .............................................77
Available HD radio™ technology...........85
Caching a radio program.......................82
Overview ...............................................77
Presetting a station................................81
Radio broadcast data system................83
Selecting a station from the list .............81
Traffic announcement (FM radio) ..........84
Troubleshooting guide...........................87
Using HD radio™ technology ................85
“Apps” screen............................................14
Audio remote controls .............................119
Audio settings .........................................121
Audio settings screen..........................121
Audio system ............................................69
AUX.........................................................116
Overview .............................................116
B
Basic function......................................12, 31
Basic information before operation ...........32
Basic operation .................................70, 194
Bluetooth® audio.....................................111
Connecting a Bluetooth® device .........115
Listening to Bluetooth® audio..............115
Overview .............................................111
Bluetooth® phone message function ......167
Calling the message sender................171
Checking messages............................169
Message inbox screen ........................167
Receiving a message..........................168
Replying to a message (Quick reply) ....................................170
Bluetooth® settings ...................................44
C
Calling on the Bluetooth® phone.............157
By call history ......................................158
By contacts list.....................................159
By dial pad...........................................161
By favorites list ....................................158
By “Home” screen................................162
By off hook switch................................161
Capacitive touch switches.........................34
Casual speech recognization ..................141
CD.............................................................97
Overview................................................97
Playing an audio CD............................100
Playing an MP3/WMA/AAC disc..........100
Command list ..........................................142
Controls overview......................................12
D
Data services settings .............................150
Setting download methods ..................150
Destination search ..................................210
Destination search screen.......................210
Detailed navigation settings ....................246
Screens for navigation settings ...........246
Driver settings ...........................................64
Manually select linked settings ..............64
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
![Page 279: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/279.jpg)
279
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
E
Editing route............................................ 232
Adding destinations............................. 233
Deleting destinations........................... 233
Detour setting...................................... 235
Reordering destinations ...................... 233
Selecting route type ............................ 234
Setting route preferences.................... 234
Entering letters and numbers/list screen operation ............................................... 38
Entering letters and numbers ................ 38
List screen............................................. 38
Entune App Suite............................ 263, 269
Entune App Suite keyword operation.......................................... 274
Linking Entune App Suite and navigation function........................... 273
Using Entune App Suite ...................... 269
Entune App Suite operation.................... 269
Entune App Suite overview..................... 264
Entune App Suite service ....................... 264
Before using the function .................... 266
Preparation before using Entune App Suite............................. 267
Entune App Suite settings ...................... 276
F
Function index .......................................... 28
G
General settings........................................57
General settings screen ........................57
GPS (Global positioning system) ............257
Limitations of the navigation system .............................................257
H
Home screen.............................................16
Status display ........................................18
Home screen operation.............................37
I
Information ..............................................147
Initial screen..............................................32
Internet radio.............................................96
Listening to internet radio ......................96
iPod.........................................................106
iPod audio ...........................................110
iPod video............................................110
Overview .............................................106
L
Linking multi-information display and navigation system..................................43
![Page 280: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/280.jpg)
280
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
M
Maintenance .............................................65
Map database version and covered area .....................................................260
About the map data .............................261
Map information...................................260
Map screen information ..........................203
Displaying information about the icon where the cursor is set.....................205
Displaying map information .................203
Standard map icons ............................206
Map screen operation .............................197
Adjusting location in small increments .......................................202
Current position display.......................197
Map scale ............................................198
Orientation of the map.........................198
Screen scroll operation........................201
Switching the map mode.....................199
Media operation ........................................97
Memory points ........................................236
Memory points settings ...........................236
Deleting previous destinations ............245
Setting up address book......................240
Setting up areas to avoid.....................243
Setting up home ..................................237
Setting up preset destinations .............238
Mobile assistant ......................................144
Mobile assistant operation ......................144
N
Navigation operation .................................22
Navigation system...................................191
O
Operating information..............................123
CD player and disc ..............................124
Error messages ...................................131
File information ....................................127
iPod .....................................................126
Radio ...................................................123
Terms ..................................................130
Operation flow: Guiding the route .............26
Other settings............................................57
P
Phone......................................................151
Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones) ..............................152
Phone/message settings.........................172
“Contact/Call History Settings” screen ..............................................174
“Messaging Settings” screen ...............182
“Phone Display Settings” screen .........184
Phone/message settings screen .........172
“Sound Settings” screen ......................173
Q
Quick guide ...............................................11
Quick reference...................20, 70, 152, 194
Map screen..........................................194
Navigation options screen ...................196
![Page 281: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/281.jpg)
281
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
R
Radio operation ........................................ 77
Receiving on the Bluetooth® phone........ 163
Incoming calls ..................................... 163
Receiving weather information ............... 148
Displaying weather information ........... 148
Registering home...................................... 22
Registering preset destinations ................ 24
Registering/connecting Bluetooth® device.................................................... 44
Certification ........................................... 48
Profiles .................................................. 46
Registering a Bluetooth® audio player for the first time....................... 45
Registering a Bluetooth® phone for the first time.................................. 44
Route guidance....................................... 226
Route guidance screen........................... 226
During freeway driving ........................ 228
Route overview ................................... 227
Screen for route guidance................... 226
Turn list screen.................................... 230
Turn-by-turn arrow screen................... 230
When approaching intersection........... 229
S
Screen adjustment ....................................41
Search operation.....................................212
Searching by address..........................214
Searching by address book.................218
Searching by coordinates....................221
Searching by emergency.....................219
Searching by intersection and freeway ............................................219
Searching by map ...............................221
Searching by point of interest..............215
Searching from previous destinations......................................218
Selecting search area..........................213
Setting home as destination ................213
Setting preset destinations as destination .......................................213
Setting Bluetooth® details .........................49
“Bluetooth* Setup” screen .....................49
Connecting a Bluetooth® device ...........52
Deleting a Bluetooth® device ................51
Editing the Bluetooth® device information .........................................54
Registering a Bluetooth® device ...........50
“System Settings” screen ......................55
Setting home as the destination................27
Setup...............................121, 172, 246, 276
“Setup” screen ..........................................20
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
![Page 282: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/282.jpg)
282
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Some basics .....................................71, 153
About the contacts in the contact list ....................................................156
Disc slot.................................................73
Registering/connecting a Bluetooth® phone ............................153
Selecting an audio source.....................72
Sound settings.......................................74
Turning the system on and off...............71
USB/AUX port .......................................74
Using the phone switch/microphone...........................154
Voice command system ................76, 155
When selling or disposing of the vehicle..............................................156
Starting route guidance...........................222
Pausing guidance................................225
Starting route guidance .......................222
Steering switches....................................119
T
Talking on the Bluetooth® phone ............164
Incoming call waiting ...........................166
Tips for operating the audio system........123
Tips for the navigation system ................257
Touch screen gestures .............................35
Touch screen operation ............................36
Traffic information ...................................207
Displaying traffic information on the map.......................................209
Traffic settings.........................................250
Auto avoid traffic..................................251
My traffic routes...................................252
Screen for traffic settings.....................250
Troubleshooting ......................................185
Typical voice guidance prompts..............231
U
USB memory...........................................101
Overview..............................................101
Playing a USB audio............................105
Useful information ...................................148
V
Voice command system..................133, 134
Using the voice command system.......134
Voice command system operation ......135
Voice command system operation ..........134
Voice settings............................................63
Voice settings screen ............................63
W
What to do if... .........................................185
X
XM Satellite Radio.....................................88
Displaying the radio ID ..........................93
How to subscribe to an XM Satellite Radio....................................91
If the satellite radio tuner malfunctions.......................................95
Overview................................................88
Presetting a channel..............................93
Selecting a channel from the list............94
![Page 283: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/283.jpg)
283
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 284: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/284.jpg)
284
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Map database information and updates
END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
END-USER TERMS
The content provided by HERE (“Data”) is licensed, not sold. By opening this package, or installing, copying, orotherwise using the Data, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.
The Data is provided for your personal, internal use only and may not be resold. It is protected by copyright, andis subject to the following terms (this “End User License Agreement”) and conditions which are agreed to by you,on the one hand, and HERE and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. Forpurposes of these terms, “HERE” shall mean (a) HERE North America, LLC with respect to Data for the Americasand/or the Asia Pacific region and (b) HERE Europe B.V. for Data for Europe, the Middle East and/or Africa.
The Data includes certain information and related content provided under license to HERE from third parties andis subject to the applicable supplier terms and copyright notices set forth at the following URL:
http://corporate.navteq.com/supplier_terms.html.
This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty,© Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rightsreserved.
The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada (“HerMajesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources Canada(“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post andNRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied,arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for aparticular purpose.
The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demandor action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages,direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including HerMajesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any otherconsequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, andtheir officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature ofthe cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuriesresulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data.
Contains information licensed under the Open Government License - Ontario.
Contains information licensed under the Open Government or Open Data Licenses of Newfoundland andLabrador, Ontario, Niagara Region, Toronto, Edmonton and Alberta, British Colombia, Vancouver, Hamilton andPeel.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®information.
©United States Postal Service® 2015. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United StatesPostal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States PostalService, USPS, and ZIP+4.
Includes data available from the U.S. Geological Survey.
![Page 285: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/285.jpg)
285
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
License Limitations on Use: You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use forsolely personal, noncommercial purposes, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes.Except as otherwise set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassembleor reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.
License Limitations on Transfer: Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data, except onthe condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if: (a) youretain no copies of the Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End-User License Agreement; and (c)you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media(e.g., the CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all original packaging, all Manuals and other documentation.Specifically, Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as asubset thereof.
Additional License Limitations: Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE in aseparate written agreement, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, your license is conditioned on use ofthe Data as prescribed in this agreement, and you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, orapplications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or incommunication with, including without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, andpersonal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning: This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changingcircum-stances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data, any of which may leadto incorrect results.
No Warranty: This Data is provided to you “as is”, and you agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and its licensors(and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express orimplied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness,effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data,or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countriesdo not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OFTHE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY ORDAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA;OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF ORINABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS ORCONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IFHERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States,Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the abovemay not apply to you.
![Page 286: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/286.jpg)
286
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Export Control: You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof exceptin compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules andregulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign AssetsControl of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department ofCommerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with anyof its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute abreach of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement: These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE (and its licensors,including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in theirentirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Severability: You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable, thatportion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect.
Governing Law: The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois (for Datafor the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region) or The Netherlands (for Data for Europe, the Middle East andAfrica), without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contractsfor the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. For any and all disputes, claims and actions arisingfrom or in connection with the Data (“Claims”), you agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of (a) the State ofIllinois for Claims related to Data for the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder, and(b) The Netherlands for Data for Europe, the Middle East and/or Africa provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users: If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or anyother entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, thisData is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with thisEnd-User License Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked andembedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use”, and be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME:
HERECONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End-User License Agreement under which this Data was provided.
© 1987-2015 HERE. All rights reserved. *original publication date
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend providedherein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior toseeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
© 1987-2015 HERE. All rights reserved. *original publication date
![Page 287: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/287.jpg)
287
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 288: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/288.jpg)
288
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 289: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/289.jpg)
289
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Certain business data provided by Infogroup © 2015, All Rights Reserved.
![Page 290: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/290.jpg)
290
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
Gracenote, the Gracenote logo and logotype, “Powered by Gracenote”, MusicID, PlaylistPlus and MediaVOCS are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote, Inc.in the United States and/or other countries
Certification
![Page 291: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/291.jpg)
291
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
![Page 292: 1 QUICK GUIDE 11 2 BASIC FUNCTION 31 3 AUDIO SYSTEM 69 4 ... · 106, 111, 116 Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. 77, 88, 97, 101, 106,](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022050417/5f8d090642931d56d27b05af/html5/thumbnails/292.jpg)
292
PRIUS_Navi_OM47B62U_(U)16.05.13 15:58
For U.S. owners